Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 388

PART NO.

TOJAE-EN-00

ZX470-5A • 470LC-5A • 490H-5A • 490LCH-5A • 530LCH-5A HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATIONAL PRINCIPLE
Technical Manual
Operational Principle

ZX
470-5A
470LC-5A
490H-5A
490LCH-5A
530LCH-5A
URL:http://www.hitachi-c-m.com
Hydraulic Excavator

Service Manual consists of the following separate Part No.


TOJAE-EN-00

Technical Manual (Operational Principle) : Vol. No.TOJAE-EN


Technical Manual (Troubleshooting) : Vol. No.TTJAE-EN
Workshop Manual : Vol. No.WJAE-EN
PRINTED IN JAPAN (K) 2016, 03 Engine Manual : Vol. No.ETJAE-EN, EWJAE-EN
INTRODUCTION
To The Reader
This manual is written for an experienced technician to  If you have any questions or comments, at if you found
provide technical information needed to maintain and any errors regarding the contents of this manual,
repair this machine. please contact using “Service Manual Revision Request
The machine specification and description according to Form” at the end of this manual. (Note: Do not tear off
destination may be explained on this manual. the form. Copy it for usage.):
 Technical Information Center Hitachi Construction
 Be sure to thoroughly read this manual for correct Machinery Co., Ltd.
product information and service procedures.  TEL: 81-29-832-7084
 FAX: 81-29-831-1162
 E-mail: HCM-TIC-GES@hitachi-kenki.com

Additional References
Please refer to the other materials (operator’s manual,
parts catalog, engine technical material and Hitachi
training material etc.) in addition to this manual.

Manual Composition
This manual consists the Technical Manual, the Workshop  Information included in the Workshop Manual:
Manual and the Engine Manual. Technical information needed for maintenance and
repair of the machine, tools and devices needed for
 Information included in the Technical Manual: maintenance and repair, maintenance standards, and
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery, removal / installation and assemble / disassemble
operation and activation of all devices and systems, procedures.
operational performance tests, and troubleshooting
procedures.  Information included in the Engine Manual:
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery
and maintenance and repair of the machine, operation
and activation of all devices and systems, troubleshooting
and assemble / disassemble procedures.

Page Number
Each page has a number, located on the center lower part
of the page, and each number contains the following
information:

Example:
 Technical Manual: T 1-3-5  Workshop Manual: W 1-3-2-5
T Technical Manual W Workshop Manual
1 Section Number 1 Section Number
3 Group Number 3 Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group 2 Sub Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group

IN-01
INTRODUCTION
Safety Alert Symbol and Headline Notations
In this manual, the following safety alert symbol and
signal words are used to alert the reader to the potential dCAUTION:
for personal injury of machine damage. Indicates potentially hazardous situation which could, if
not avoided, result in personal injury or death.
d This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this IMPORTANT:
symbol, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Never fail to follow the safety instructions prescribed Indicates a situation which, if not conformed to the
along with the safety alert symbol. instructions, could result in damage to the machine.
The safety alert symbol is also used to draw attention to
component/part weights.
To avoid injury and damage, be sure to use appropriate
fNOTE:
Indicates supplementary technical information or know-
lifting techniques and equipment when lifting heavy
how.
parts.

Units Used
SI Units (International System of Units) are used in this Example: 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm2, 3560 psi)
manual. MKSA system units and English units are also
indicated in parentheses just behind SI units. A table for conversion from SI units to other system units
is shown below for reference purposes.

Quantity To Convert From Into Multiply By


Length mm in 0.03937
mm ft 0.003281
Volume L US gal 0.2642
L US qt 1.057
m3 yd3 1.308
Weight kg lb 2.205
Force N kgf 0.10197
N lbf 0.2248
Torque N·m kgf·m 0.10197
Pressure MPa kgf/cm 2
10.197
MPa psi 145.0
Power kW PS 1.360
kW HP 1.341
Temperature °C °F °C×1.8+32
Velocity km/h mph 0.6214
min -1
rpm 1.0
Flow rate L/min US gpm 0.2642
mL/rev cc/rev 1.0

fNOTE: The numerical value in this manual might be


different from the above-mentioned table.

IN-02
SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATION

Symbol/ Name Explanation


Abbreviation
TO Technical manual (Operational principle)Technical manual (Operational Principle).
TT Technical manual (Troubleshooting) Technical manual (Troubleshooting).
T/M Technical manual Technical manual.
W, W/M Workshop manual Workshop manual (Removal and Installation, Disassembly
and Assembly).
MC Main Controller Main controller. MC controls the engine, pump, and valve
according to the machine operating condition.
ECM Engine Control Module Engine controller. ECM controls fuel injection amount
according to the machine operating condition.
GSM Global System for Mobile communications Communication controller. GSM is a type of wireless
controller communication system, is used in more than on 100
countries around Europe and Asia, and becomes the factual
global standards of the mobile telephone.
GPS Global Positioning System Global positioning system.
CAN Controller Area Network CAN communication. CAN is a serial communications
protocol internationally-standardized by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization).
A/C Air Conditioner Air conditioner.
OP, OPT Option Optional component.
MPDr. Maintenance Pro Dr. MPDr. is software that troubleshooting, monitoring, and
adjustment.
A/I Auto-Idle Auto-idle.
WU Warming-Up Warming-up.
Li Low (Slow) Idle Slow idle engine speed.
ATT Attachment Attachment. Attachment is optional parts such as breaker,
crusher, and pulverizer in this manual.
HI, Hi High Travel fast position.
LO, Lo Low Travel slow position.
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation The EGR control re-circulates a part of exhaust gas in the
intake manifold and combines it with intake-air. Therefore,
combustion temperature is lowered and generation of oxide
of nitrogen (NOx) is controlled.
ML Moment Limiter ML clane.
SPN-FMI Service Principal Name - Failure Mode ECM fault code(Hitachi Construction Machinery Co.).
Identifier
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code ECM fault code(Engine Manufacturer).

SY-1
SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATION
(Blank)

SY-2
SECTION AND GROUP SECTION 1 GENERAL
CONTENTS Group 1 Specification
Group 2 Component Layout
Group 3 Component Specifications
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller
TECHNICAL MANUAL Group 2 Control System
(Operational Principle) Group 3 ECM System
Group 4 Hydraulic System
Group 5 Electrical System
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device
Group 2 Swing Device
Group 3 Control Valve
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Group 5 Travel Device
Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

All information, illustrations and


specifications in this manual are based on
the latest product information available
at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.

COPYRIGHT(C)2015
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.
Tokyo, Japan
All rights reserved
TECHNICAL MANUAL (Troubleshooting) WORKSHOP MANUAL
SECTION 4 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 1 Introduction Group 1 Precautions for Disassembling and Assembling
Group 2 Standard Group 2 Tightening Torque
Group 3 Engine Test Group 3 Painting
Group 4 Excavator Test Group 4 Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 5 Component Test Group 5 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure
Group 6 Adjustment Group 6 Preparation
SECTION 5 TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION 2 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
Group 1 Diagnosing Procedure Group 1 Upperstructure
Group 2 Monitor Group 2 Undercarriage
Group 3 e-Service Group 3 Attachment
Group 4 Component Layout SECTION 3 UPPERSTRUCTURE
Group 5 Troubleshooting A Group 1 Cab
Group 6 Troubleshooting B Group 2 Counterweight
Group 7 Air Conditioner Group 3 Main Frame
Group 4 Engine
Group 5 Radiator
Group 6 Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 7 Fuel Tank
Group 8 Pump Device
Group 9 Control Valve
Group 10 Swing Device
Group 11 Pilot Valve
Group 12 Solenoid Valve
Group 13 Signal Control Valve
Group 14 Shockless Valve
Group 15 Fan Valve
Group 16 Fan Motor
SECTION 4 UNDERCARRIAGE
Group 1 Swing Bearing
Group 2 Travel Device
Group 3 Center Joint
Group 4 Track Adjuster
Group 5 Front Idler
Group 6 Upper and Lower Roller
Group 7 Track
SECTION 5 ATTACHMENT
Group 1 Front Attachment
Group 2 Cylinder
SECTION 1

GENERAL
CONTENTS
Group 1 Specifications
Specifications ZX470-5A, 470LC-5A.............................. T1-1-1
Working Ranges ZX470-5A, 470LC-5A......................... T1-1-2
Specifications ZX490H-5A, 490LCH-5A,
490LCH-5A (Bolt-joint Track)...................................... T1-1-3
Working Ranges ZX490H-5A, 490LCH-5A,
490LCH-5A (Bolt-joint Track)...................................... T1-1-4
Specifications ZX530LCH-5A........................................... T1-1-5
Working Ranges ZX530LCH-5A...................................... T1-1-6
Group 2 Component Layout
Main Component................................................................. T1-2-1
Electrical System (Overview)........................................... T1-2-3
Electrical System (Rear Tray)............................................. T1-2-4
Electrical System (Switch Panel)..................................... T1-2-5
Electrical System (Utility Space)..................................... T1-2-6
Engine...................................................................................... T1-2-8
Pump Device......................................................................... T1-2-9
Around Pump Device.......................................................T1-2-10
Control Valve.......................................................................T1-2-11
Check Valve/Accumlator.................................................T1-2-12
Signal Control Valve..........................................................T1-2-12
Swing Device.......................................................................T1-2-14
Travel Device.......................................................................T1-2-14
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit...........................................T1-2-15
Fan Valve (Option).............................................................T1-2-15
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit...........................................T1-2-15
Group 3 Component Specifications
Engine...................................................................................... T1-3-1
Engine Accessories.............................................................. T1-3-5
Hydraulic Component........................................................ T1-3-6
Electrical Component.......................................................T1-3-10

JAET-1-1
(Blank)

JAET-1-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Specifications ZX470-5A, 470LC-5A

A
G C

L
B F

E
D

K J
I H MJAE-12-005

Model ZX470-5A ZX470LC-5A


Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m 3
1.9 (1.7: CECE) 2.1 (1.8: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 45100 46400
Base Machine Weight kg 35200 36400
Engine - ISUZU GH-6UZ1XKSA-01 257 kW/2000 min-1 (349 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width mm 3820
B: Cab Height mm 3170 3210
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3670
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 3080 3120
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3470 3510
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm ) 2
84 (0.86) 79 (0.80)
Swing Speed min (rpm)
-1
9.5
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.5/3.9
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Working Ranges ZX470-5A, 470LC-5A

F
A

Backhoe MJAE-12-006

Model ZX470-5A / ZX470LC-5A ZX470LC-5A


Boom Type 7.0 m 8.2 m
Arm Type 2.9 m 3.4 m 3.9 m 4.9 m 4.9 m
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 11400/11430 12070/12070 12250/12490 13290/13290 14460
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7400/7390 7900/7860 8190/8360 9230/9190 10310
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10130/10170 10940/10980 10810/11080 11440/11480 12070
D: Maximum Dumping (mm) 6900/6910 7530/7570 7900/7690 8400/8440 8980
Height
E: Overall Height (mm) *3850/3910 *3450/3730 *3490/3480 *4660/4660 *4530
F: Overall Length (mm) *12060/12050 12040/12070 12040/12030 11880/11900 13160
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 5020/5020 4840/4840 4810/4810 4860/4860 5880

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Specifications ZX490H-5A, 490LCH-5A, 490LCH-


5A (Bolt-joint Track)

A
G C

B L
F

E
D

K J MJAE-12-007
I H

ZX490LCH-5A
Model ZX490H-5A ZX490LCH-5A
(Bolt-joint Track)
Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m H Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 1.9 (1.7: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 46200 47400 49000
Base Machine Weight kg 45800 37000 38600
Engine - ISUZU GH-6UZ1XKSA-01 257 kW/2000 min (349 PS/2000 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width mm 3820


B: Cab Height mm 3280 3320 3410
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3670
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535 *735
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270 *1360
F: Engine Cover Height mm 3080 3120 3210
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470 5470
I: Undercarriage Width (Extended/
mm 3340/3340 3340/3340 3490/2990
Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3470 3510 3600
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 86 (0.88) 80 (0.82) 83 (0.85)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.5
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.5/3.9
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Working Ranges ZX490H-5A, 490LCH-5A,


490LCH-5A (Bolt-joint Track)

F
A

Backhoe MJAE-12-008

ZX490LCH-5A
Model ZX490H-5A ZX490LCH-5A
(Bolt-joint Track)
Boom Type 7.0 m (H) 7.0 m (H) 7.0 m (H)
Arm Type 3.4 m (H) 3.4 m (H) 3.4 m (H)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 12060 12060 12060
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7890 7850 7760
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10940 10980 11080
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 7540 7580 7660
E: Overall Height (mm) 3450 3450 3480
F: Overall Length (mm) 12040 12030 12020
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 4840 4840 4840

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Specifications ZX530LCH-5A

A
C
G

L
B F

E
D

K J
I H MJAE-12-009

Model ZX530LCH-5A
Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m H Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 52200
Base Machine Weight kg 41800
Engine - ISUZU GH-6UZ1XKSA-01 257 kW/2000 min-1 (349 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width mm 3840
B: Cab Height mm 3510
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3670
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *810
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1440
F: Engine Cover Height mm 3300
G: Overall Width of
mm 3480
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5330
I: Undercarriage Width
mm 3520/3020
(Extended/Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4250
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3680
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 92 (0.94)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.5
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 4.4/3.4
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Working Ranges ZX530LCH-5A

Backhoe MJAE-12-010

Model ZX530LCH-5A
Boom Type 7.0 m (H)
Arm Type 3.4 m (H)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 12060
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7700
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 11080
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 7730
E: Overall Height (mm) *3490
F: Overall Length (mm) *12000
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 4840

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Main Component

36

35 1

34
2

3
33 5
6
30 7
29 8 38

31 9

32 28 11
37
12

27 13
26
25 14
24 15
2322 16
21 17
20 19
18 MJAG-07-048

1- Arm Cylinder 13- Shoe, Track Link 23- Swing Bearing 35- Bucket Cylinder
2- Boom 14- Engine 24- Lower Roller 36- Arm
3- Washer Tank 15- Muffler 25- Hydraulic Oil Tank 37- Components Related with
5- Battery 16- Engine Oil Filter 26- Track Adjuster Radiator/Oil Cooler/Inter
6- Components Related with 17- Main Pump 27- Front Idler Cooler (Refer to T1-2-2.)
Swing Device (Refer to T1-2- 18- Components Related with 28- Cab 38- Components Related with
14.) Travel Device (Refer to T1-2- 29- Boom Cylinder Shock Less Valve/Signal
7- Fuel Tank 14.) 30- Side Cutter Control Valve (Refer to T1-2-
8- Control Valve 19- Fan Pump 31- Tooth 2.)
9- Air Cleaner 20- Pilot Filter 32- Bucket
11- Expansion Tank 21- Drain Filter 33- Link A
12- Counterweight 22- Upper Roller 34- Link B

T1-2-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Radiator/Oil Cooler/Inter Cooler

2 3 TJAA-01-02-006 4 5
TJAA-01-02-007

Shock less Valve/Signal Control Valve


6

TJAA-01-02-008

1- Inter Cooler 3- Air Conditioner Condenser 5- Oil Cooler 7- Control Valve


2- Fuel Cooler 4- Radiator 6- Signal Control Valve 8- Shockless Valve

T1-2-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Overview)

4 5 6
2 3
1 8, 16
9
10
11

7, 23

21

20 12

24
19
13
14
18 15
17, 25 TJAG-01-02-017

1- Monitor 8- Components Related with 13- Rear View Camera 20- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
2- GPS Aerial Control Valve (Refer to T1-2- 14- Air Cleaner Restriction Switch Sensor
3- Horn 11.) 15- Components Related with 21- Electrical System (Utility
4- Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor 9- Components Related with Engine (Refer to T1-2-8.) Space) (Refer to T1-2-6.)
(Option) (Refer to T1-2-7.) Signal Control Valve (Refer to 16- Components Related with 23- Expansion Tank (Refer to T1-2-
5- Around Battery (Refer to T1-2-12, 13.) 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 13.)
T1-2-7.) 10- Fuel Sensor (Refer to T1-2-16.) 24- Components Related with Fan
6- Components Related with 11- Components Related with 17- Components Related with Valve (Refer to T1-2-15.)
Check Valve/Accumulator 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Pump Device (Refer to T1-2-9.) 25- Components Related with
(Refer to T1-2-12.) (Refer to T1-2-15.) 18- Fan Pump Control Solenoid Pump Device (Refer to T1-2-
7- Coolant Level Switch 12- Around Radiator (Refer to Valve 10.)
T1-2-7.) 19- Fuel Pump

T1-2-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Rear Tray)

22 23 24 25

2
1

3
4
5

TJAA-01-02-004
7

10 11 12 13
9
14
8

15

16

21 20 19 18 17
T1V1-01-02-009

1- Monitor Controller 6- Fuse Box 2 13- Washer Relay (R9) 20- Pilot Shut-Off Relay (R2)
2- GSM (Option)/Satellite 7- Wiper/Light Controller 14- Horn Relay (R10) 21- Load Damp Relay (R1)
Communication Unit (Option) 8- Wiper Relay (R6) 15- Security Relay (R5) 22- Auto Lubrication Relay (R15)
3- MC (Main Controller) 9- Work Light Relay 1 (R7) 16- Starter Cut Relay (R4) 23- Fuel Pump Relay (R16)
4- MPDr. Connector (Download 10- ACC Cut Relay (R12) 17- Key Switch ON Cut Relay (R13) 24- Work Light Relay 3 (R17)
Connector Using Conbinedly) 11- Work Light Relay 2 (R8) 18- Security Horn Relay (R3) 25- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Fuse Box 1 12- Auto Shut-Down Relay (R11) 19- ECM Main Relay (R14) Learning Switch

T1-2-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Switch Panel)

1 2

16
4

15

13 14 7

24
23
22
21
12 11 10
20
19
17 18

TJAA-01-02-003 TDAA-05-02-059

1- Return to Previous Screen 7- Auto-Idle Switch 15- AUTO/OFF Switch/Blower 21- Overload Alarm Switch
Switch (Monitor) 8- Travel Mode Switch Switch (Option)
2- Return to Basic Screen Switch 9- Work Light Switch 16- Temperature Control Switch/ 22- Swing Alarm Cancel Switch
(Monitor) 10- Power Mode Switch MODE Switch (Option)
3- Selector/Set Switch 11- Key Switch 17- Travel Alarm Cancel Switch 23- Rear Work Light Switch
4- AM·FM Switch/Tuning Switch 12- Numerical Keypad (Option) (Option)
(Radio) 13- Overhead Window Wiper/ 18- Seat Heater Switch (Option) 24- Beacon Light Switch (Option)
5- Power Switch/Volume Control Overhead Window Washer 19- Boom Mode Selector Switch
Switch (Radio) Switch (Option) 20- Auto-Lubrication Switch
6- Engine Control Dial 14- Wiper/Washer Switch (Option)

T1-2-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Utility Space)

TJAE-01-02-001

1- ECM (Engine Controller)

T1-2-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor (Option) Around Radiator

3 2
TJAA-01-02-104
TJAA-01-02-006

Around Battery Section A

5 7
6

12
A

TJAG-01-02-001

9 10 TJAG-01-02-100 8

11

4 MJAA-07-055
1- Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor 5- Glow Plug Relay 9- Electric Grease Gun 12- Battery Disconnect Switch
2- Receiver Tank 6- Starter Relay 1 10- Fuel Filter System Switch
3- Fresh Air Temperature Sensor 7- Battery Relay (Option)
4- Battery 8- Fusible Link (45A) 11- Fusible Link (75A)

T1-2-7
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Engine
2 15 5 6

9 8 18

17

TJAE-01-02-002 TJAE-01-02-003

3
TJAE-01-02-004
13 11

1- Overheat Switch 6- Fuel Temperature Sensor 11- EGR Valve 18- Cam Angle Sensor
2- Coolant Temperature Sensor 7- Crank Speed Sensor 13- Boost Pressure Sensor
3- Glow Plug 8- Supply Pump 15- Boost Temperature Sensor
5- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 9- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 17- Engine Oil Level Switch

T1-2-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Pump Device

12 1 2 3 4 5

11

10 9 8 7 6
TJAG-01-02-014A
A

A- Machine Front

1- Pump 2 Control Pressure 4- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 8- Pump 2 12- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure
Sensor 5- Pump 1 9- Fan Pump Sensor
2- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 6- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 10- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure
3- Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Sensor
Sensor 7- Pilot Pump 11- Fuel Main Filter

T1-2-9
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Around Pump Device

TJAE-01-02-006
2

1- Water Separater 2- Fuel Pre-Filter 3- Fuel Main Filter

T1-2-10
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Control Valve
1

5 TJAG-01-02-015

2 3 4

7
TJAG-01-02-101 TJAG-01-02-016

1- Main Relief valve 4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-out) 6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket
2- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 5- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Roll-In)
Out) (Refer to T1-2-17.) 7- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)

T1-2-11
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Check Valve/Accumlator

7 1

TJAA-01-02-017

Signal Control Valve

TJAA-03-06-003

1- Pressure Sensor (4-Spool Side) 3- Pressure Sensor port (Swing) 5- Pressure Sensor port 6- Check Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (5-Spool Side) 4- Pressure Sensor port (Travel) (Attachment) 7- Accumlator

T1-2-12
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

TJAA-03-06-004

Section A-A

7 2

6 3

5 4

T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control 5- Swing Parking Brake Release 7- Auxiliary
2- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T1-2-13
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Swing Device Travel Device

1 2

1
M1J1-07-048
M1J1-07-053

1- Swing Relief Valve 2- Counterbalance Valve 3- Travel Relief Valve

T1-2-14
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

1 2 3 4 5 6

TJAA-01-02-102 TJAA-01-02-103

Fan Valve (Option)

8 7

9
TJAG-01-02-021

1- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 5- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 7- Fan Valve (Option)
(SC) (SI) (SC) 8- Reverse Rotation Control
2- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 4- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 6- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Solenoid Valve
(SF) (SG) (SI) 9- Relief Valve

T1-2-15
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

(Blank)

T1-2-16
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine

Manufacturer ISUZU
Model GH-6UZ1XKSA-01
Type Diesel, 4-Cycle, Water-cooled, Direct Injection Type, Exhaust Turbo Charged Type
Cyl. No.- Bore × Stroke 6-120 mm×145 mm
Piston Displacement 9839 cm3
Rated Output 257±5.4 kW/2000 min-1
Compression Ratio 17.5
Dry Weight 840 kg
Firing Order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Rotation Direction Clockwise (Viewed from fan side)

T1-3-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

COOLING SYSTEM Cooling Fan Dia. 1120 mm, 6 Blades, Hybrid, Hydraulic Motor Drive
Thermostat Cracking Temperature at Atmospheric Pressure: 76.5 °C
Full Open (Stroke: 10 mm or more): 90 °C
Water Pump Centrifugal Type
LUBRICATION SYSTEM Lubrication Pump Type Gear Pump
Oil Filter Combined System of Full Flow Paper Element and Bypass
Paper Element Type
Oil Cooler Water Cooled Integral Type
STARTING SYSTEM Motor Reduction Type
Voltage / Output 24 V/5.5 kW
PREHEAT SYSTEM Preheating Method Glow Plug
ENGINE STOP SYSTEM Stop Method Fuel Shut-Off (Electronic Control)
ALTERNATOR Type Regulator Integrated AC Type, Brushless
Voltage / Output 24 V/50 A
SUPERCHARGING Type Exhaust-Turbocharger Type
SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM Type Common Rail Type
Governor Electronic All Speed Control
Injection Nozzle Electrical Multi-Hole Injector

T1-3-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

IMPORTANT: This list shows design specifications, which are not servicing standards.
PERFORMANCE Lubricant Consumption Less than 70 mL/h at 2000 min-1
Fuel Consumption Ratio 214±13.6 g/kW·h at 2000 min-1 (without Fan)
Maximum Output Torque 1363±72 N·m at 1500 min-1
Compression Pressure 2.75 MPa at 200 min-1
Valve Clearance (Inlet/ 0.2/0.5 mm (when cool)
Exhaust)
No Load Speed Slow: (at Full Load: 900±25 min-1)
Fast: (at Full Load: 2100±30 min-1)

T1-3-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Performance Curve (GH-6UZ1XKSA-01)


Test Condition:
1. In conformity with ISO 9249 (Performance Test
Method for Diesel Engine Used for Construction
Machinery) under standard atmospheric pressure.
2. Equipped with the inter cooler, alternator, and
without the fan.

N·m
1600
1400
1200 T
1000
800
kW
300

250

200

P
150

100

50

0 g/kW·h

220

200 q

180
500 1000 1500 2000 2500
N min-1
TJAE-01-03-001

P: Output q: Fuel Consumption Ratio


T: Torque N: Engine Speed

T1-3-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Accessories

RADIATOR ASSEMBLY Type Radiator/Oil Cooler Parallel Type, Inter Cooler Serial Type

Radiator Oil Cooler Intercooler


Air-Tight Test Pressure 0.1 MPa 1.5 MPa 0.25 MPa

EXPANSION TANK Total Capacity 17.3 L


Cap Opening Pressure 90 kPa

FUEL COOLER Core Type Wavy Fin


Capacity 0.5 L
BATTERY Type 195G51
Voltage 12 V
Capacity 147 Ah (20-Hour Rate)
CCA 930A
Fuel Solenoid Pump Rated Voltage DC 24 V

T1-3-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Hydraulic Component

PUMP DEVICE Drive Gear Ratio Main Pump (P1, P2): 1


Fan Pump: 1
Pilot Pump: 1
MAIN PUMP Type Swash Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Pump
Theoretical Displacement 204 cm3/rev ×2
Rated Pressure 31.9 MPa
REGULATOR Type Pump Control Solenoid Valve Operated Type
FAN PUMP Type Swash Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Pump
Theoretical Displacement 32 cm3/rev
PILOT PUMP Model Fixed Displacement Type Gear Pump
Theoretical Displacement 16.8 cm3/rev ×2
CONTROL VALVE Type Pilot Pressure Operated Type (4-Spools + 5-Spools)
Main Relief Set-Pressure Normal: 31.9 MPa at 285 L/min
Increases Pressure: 35.3 MPa at 345 L/min
Overload Relief Set- 36.3 MPa at 110 L/min (Boom, Arm, Bucket)
Pressure 33.3 MPa at 110 L/min (Auxiliary Close)
27.9 MPa at 50 L/min (Auxiliary Open)

T1-3-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

SWING DEVICE Type Two-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear


Reduction Gear Ratio 17.53
SWING MOTOR Type Swash-Plate Type Fixed Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 129.2 cm3/rev×2
VALVE UNIT Type Non Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set-Pressure 28.4+1.40 MPa at 80 L/min
SWING PARKING BRAKE Type Wet-Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Multi-Disc Brake
Release Pressure 3.4 MPa
TRAVEL DEVICE Type Three-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear
Reduction Gear Ratio 55.318
TRAVEL MOTOR Type Swash-Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 196.8/271.5 cm3/rev
(Fast/Slow)
TRAVEL BRAKE VALVE Type Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set-Pressure 36.8 MPa at 120 L/min
TRAVEL PARKING BRAKE Type Wet-Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Multi-Disc Brake
Release Starting Pressure 1.8 MPa
FAN MOTOR Theoretical Displacement 48 cm3/rev
FAN VALVE Relief Set Pressure 26.2 MPa at 53 L/min

T1-3-7
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

CYLINDER Boom Arm Bucket


Rod Diameter 115 mm 130 mm 120 mm
Cylinder Bore 170 mm 190 mm 170 mm
Stroke 1590 mm 1940 mm 1325 mm
Fully Retracted Length 2260 mm 2710 mm 2041 mm
Plating Thickness 30 μm 30 μm 30 μm

T1-3-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

FRONT ATTACHMENT Model HVP07A-040-101


PILOT VALVE Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 3: 6.5 mm
Ports 2, 4: 8.0 mm
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE Model HVP08A-040-101
Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 2, 3, 4: 4.6 mm
AUXILIARY VALVE Model HVP09A-040-101
Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 2: 3.7 mm
4-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 4-Spool Proportional Solenoid Valve
VALVE UNIT Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 22 Ω
2-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 2-Spool Proportional Solenoid Valve
VALVE UNIT Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 22 Ω
FAN PUMP CONTROL Rated Voltage DC 24 V
SOLENOID VALVE Coil Resistance 22 Ω
SIGNAL CONTROL VALVE Rated Pressure 3.72 MPa
PILOT SHUT-OFF Type ON/OFF Solenoid Valve
SOLENOID VALVE Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 49 Ω at 20 °C
LOW-PRESSURE RELIEF Relief Set Pressure 150±37 kPa
VALVE
OIL COOLER BYPASS Relief Set Pressure 350±38 kPa
CHECK VALVE
FILTER Air Cleaner (Filtration) -
Full-Flow Filter (Filtration) β10≥2.0
Suction Filter (Filtration) 177 μm (80 mesh)
Drain Filter (Filtration) 10 μm
Pilot Filter (Filtration) 10≥1.4

T1-3-9
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Electrical Component

BATTERY RELAY Voltage/Current 24 V/100 A


STARTER RELAY Voltage 24 V
GLOW RELAY Voltage 24 V
ENGINE OIL LEVEL Type Float Type
SWITCH
OVERHEAT SWITCH Coolant Temperature 105±2 °C
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH Type Float Type
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Resistance Empty 80+12+2 Ω
Full 100-4 Ω
HYDRAULIC OIL Operating Temperature -30 to 120 °C
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AIR CLEANER Operating Pressure 6.2±0.6 kPa
RESTRICTION SWITCH
HORN Voltage/Current 24 V/3 A or less
Sound Pressure 110±5 dB (A) at 2 m
ILLUMINATION Working Light Halogen 24 V, 70 W
Cab Light 24 V, 10 W
AIR CONDITIONER Refrigerant 134 a
Cooling Ability 16.7 MJ/h or More
Cool Air Volume 550 m3/h or More
Heating Ability 21.0 MJ/h or More
Warm Air Volume 400 m3/h or More
Temperature Adjusting Electronic Type
System
Refrigerant Quantity 1150±50 g
Compressor Oil Quantity 180+150 cm3

T1-3-10
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 2

SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Group 1 Controller
Outline..................................................................................... T2-1-1
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-1-2
Group 2 Control System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-2-1
Engine Control...................................................................... T2-2-4
Pump Control......................................................................T2-2-26
Valve Control.......................................................................T2-2-50
Other Control......................................................................T2-2-68
Group 3 ECM System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-3-1
Fuel Injection Control......................................................... T2-3-2
Fuel Injection Amount Correction Control...............T2-3-10
EGR Control..........................................................................T2-3-12
Preheating Control............................................................T2-3-14
Alarm Control......................................................................T2-3-15
Fuel Bleeding Air Control ...............................................T2-3-16
Group 4 Hydraulic System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-4-1
Pilot Circuit............................................................................. T2-4-2
Main Circuit..........................................................................T2-4-14
Oil Cooler Fan Reverse Rotation Control Circuit
(Option)............................................................................T2-4-36
Group 5 Electrical System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-5-1
Main Circuit............................................................................ T2-5-2
Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)...................... T2-5-4
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-5-6
Accessory Related Circuit (Key Switch: ACC).............. T2-5-8
Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)............................T2-5-10
Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)...............................T2-5-12
Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit.................................T2-5-16
Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key Switch: ON).......................T2-5-18
Auto Shut-Down Circuit..................................................T2-5-20
Engine Stop Circuit............................................................T2-5-22
Monitor Circuit....................................................................T2-5-25
Security Circuit....................................................................T2-5-26
Radio Circuit........................................................................T2-5-28
Air Conditioner Circuit.....................................................T2-5-28
Accessory Circuit................................................................T2-5-31
Work Light Circuit..............................................................T2-5-32
Wiper/Washer Circuit........................................................T2-5-36
Cab Light Circuit.................................................................T2-5-38

JAET-2-1
(Blank)

JAET-2-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

Outline
The following controllers are provided in this machine in
order to control functions. Each controller excluding the
communication controller communicates by using the
CAN circuit and sends or receives the required signal.

Controller Control Comment on


Control
MC Controls the engine, pumps, and valves. T2-2
ECM Controls the actual engine speed. T2-3
Monitor Controller Displays the operating information and alarms on the monitor. T5-2
Wiper / Light Controller Controls the wipers and work lights. T2-5
Air Conditioner Controller Controls the air conditioner. T2-5, T5-7
Radio Controller Controls the radio. T2-5
Communication Controller Sends the mails and operating information. T5-3

fNOTE: Refer to the corresponding group for details of


each controller control.

T2-1-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1), and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level due to
potential difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L
(Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
In addition, termination resistors (120 Ω) (17) are installed
to both ends of CAN bus (4).

T2-1-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

2
1

3
4
2

5
3

TDAA-02-05-001

17 17 10
1

7
15

11
5

8 16

17

17

12 13 14

TDBC-02-01-001

1- CAN0 5- CAN1 10- Monitor Controller 14- Air Conditioner Unit


2- CAN-H(High) 7- ECM (Engine Controller) 11- MPDr. 15- Monitor Control Unit
3- CAN-L(Low) 8- MC (Main Controller) 12- Wiper/Light Controller 16- Information Control Unit
4- CAN Bus 9- Communication Controller 13- Radio 17- Termination Resistor (120 Ω)

T2-1-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

(Blank)

T2-1-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Outline
MC is used in order to control the machine operations.
The signals from the engine control dial, various sensors,
and switches are sent to MC and processed in the logic
circuit.
MC sends the signals equivalent to the target engine
speed to ECM by using CAN communication in order to
control the engine. (Refer to SYSTEM/ECM System.)
MC drives the solenoid valve unit and the pump control
solenoid valve in order to control the pump and the valve.

T2-2-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control , Pump Control

Input Signal Output


Engine Control Dial  Engine Control (ECM)
Power Mode Switch  Engine Control Dial Control
Auto-Idle Switch  ECO Control
Travel Mode Switch  Power Mode Control
Key Switch  ECO Mode Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control
Pump Regulator Pressure Learning Switch  HP Mode Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Auto-Idle Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Engine Protection Control
Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor  Engine Speed Slow Down Control
Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor  * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)  Pump Control (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)
Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)  Pump Flow Rate Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)  Speed Sensing Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)  Output Power Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-In)  ECO Mode Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-Out)  Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  MC Overheat Prevention Control
Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side)  *Attachment Operation Pump Control
Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side)  Fan Pump Flow Rate Control
Pressure Sensor (Attachment) (OP)  Pump Learning Control
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor 
Intake-Air 
Temperature Sensor
Boost Temperature 
Sensor
ECM
Coolant Temperature 
Sensor
Crank Speed Sensor 
Cam Angle Sensor 
CAN

MPDr.  Monitor
Work Mode  Controller

Ambient Temperature Air Conditioner CAN1



Sensor Unit

fNOTE: OP: Option


*: This control is for only the machine with the optional parts equipped.

T2-2-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control, Other Control


Input Signal Output
Engine Control Dial  Valve Control (4-Spool/2-Spool Solenoid Valve Units)

Power Mode Switch  Pressure Rising Selection Control When Traveling


Auto-Idle Switch  Power Digging Control
Travel Mode Switch  Auto-Power Lift Control
Key Switch  Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  Boom Mode Selector Control
Power Digging Switch  Swing Flow Rate Control
Boom Mode Selector Switch  Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Bucket Flow Combiner Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor 
Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor 
Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor 
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 
Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-In) 
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-Out) 
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  MC
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  Other Control
Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side)  Work Mode Control
Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side)  Auto Shut-Down Control
Pressure Sensor (Attachment) (OP)  Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor  Level Check Control
Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor (OP)  * Auto-Lubrication Control
Overload Alarm Switch (OP)  * Breaker Alarm Control
Auto-Lubrication ON/OFF Switch (OP)  * Swing Alarm Control
Proximity Switch  * Travel Alarm Control
Engine Oil Level Switch  * Overload Alarm Control
Coolant Level Switch 
Intake-Air Temperature 
Sensor
Boost Temperature 
Sensor
ECM
Coolant Temperature 
Sensor
Crank Speed Sensor 
Cam Angle Sensor 
CAN

MPDr.  Monitor
Work Mode  Controller
fNOTE: OP: Option
*: This control is for only the machine with the optional parts equipped.

T2-2-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control
The engine control consists of the followings.

 Engine Control Dial Control


 ECO Control
 Power Mode Control
 ECO Mode Control
 ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control
 HP Mode Control
 Auto-Idle Control
 Engine Protection Control
 Engine Speed Slow Down Control
 * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control
f NOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the
optional parts equipped.

T2-2-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control System Layout

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-001

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control Dial Control


Purpose:
The engine control dial control controls the engine speed A
according to the rotation angle of engine control dial (36).
E
Operation:
1. MC (14) sends the signals equivalent to the
target engine speed to ECM (19) by using CAN
communication (18) according to the rotation angle
(required engine speed) of engine control dial (36).
2. ECM (19) controls the engine speed according to F
CAN communication (18).
B
C D

A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position


B - Engine Control Dial Position E - Fast Idle Speed
C - Slow Idle Position F - Slow Idle Speed

T2-2-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-002

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Control
Purpose:
The ECO control reduces the engine speed by 100 min-1 A
from fast idle speed in order to reduce fuel consumption
and noise level when all the control levers are in neutral. E
F
Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and all the
control levers are set to the neutral position
(pressure sensors from (2) to (9), (12): OFF), MC
(14) sends the signal to ECM (19) by using CAN
G
communication (18) after one second.
2. ECM (19) reduces the engine speed by 100 min-1 B
C D
from fast idle speed.
A - Engine Speed E- Fast Idle Speed
B - Engine Control Dial Position F- ECO Speed
Engine speed reduced (100 min ) condition:
-1
C - Slow Idle Position G- Slow Idle Speed
 Engine control dial (36): Fast Idle D - Fast Idle Position
 Power mode switch (35): HP
 Work mode: Digging
f NOTE: The ECO control is deactivated by MPDr. (15)
fNOTE: When the engine speed set by engine control
temporarily or completely. The ECO control is activated dial (36) has already been slower than the fast idle speed
again when key switch (37) is turned OFF with the ECO by 100 min-1, the engine speed does not change. And
control deactivated temporarily. The ECO control is the ECO control is done regardless of whether the auto-
always deactivated with the ECO control deactivated idle control is done or not. The fast idle speed can be
completely. (ECO-suspension) corrected by MPDr. (15).

T2-2-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-003

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Mode Control


Purpose:
The power mode control shifts the power mode (ECO/
PWR/HP mode) by operating power mode switch (35).

Operation:
1. MC (14) receives the signal from power mode switch
(35).
2. When power mode switch (35) is pushed, MC (14)
changes power mode according to the setting of
Power Mode Selection and Power Mode Memory
Selection which are set up by using MPDr.. (Refer to
the table.)
3. MC (14) sends the signal equivalent to the target
engine speed according to the power mode to ECM
(19) by using CAN communication (18).
4. ECM (19) controls the engine speed according to
CAN communication (18).
5. In addition, MC (14) sends the power mode control
mode to monitor controller (16) by using CAN
communication (18).
6. Monitor controller (16) displays the power mode
control mode on monitor (17).

Power Mode Selection Power mode when key Power mode when key switch is ON next time
switch is OFF Power Mode Memory Power Mode Memory
Selection: OFF Selection: ON
ECO, PWR, HP mode: Selected ECO ECO ECO
(Default) PWR PWR PWR
HP PWR HP
ECO mode: Fixed - ECO ECO
PWR mode: Fixed - PWR PWR
HP mode: Fixed - HP HP
ECO, PWR mode: Selected ECO ECO ECO
PWR PWR PWR

T2-2-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-004

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode control reduces the engine speed set A
by engine control dial (36) in order to reduce fuel E
consumption.
F
Operation:
1. When the required engine speed by engine control
dial (36) is faster than the engine speed set by ECO
mode control and power mode switch (35) is in
the ECO mode position, MC (14) sends the signals
G
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (19)
by using CAN communication (18). B
C D
2. ECM (19) reduces the engine speed from the
required engine speed by engine control dial (36). A - Engine Speed E- Fast Idle Speed
B - Engine Control Dial Position F- ECO Mode Fast Idle Speed
C - Slow Idle Position G- Slow Idle Speed
D - Fast Idle Position

T2-2-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-005

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode travel speed increase control increases
the engine speed and the travel speed when performing
travel single operation with ECO mode.

Operation:
1. When the engine speed is the speed set by ECO
mode control and power mode switch (35) is in
the ECO mode position, MC (14) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (19) in
response to the travel control lever stroke by using
CAN communication (18).
2. ECM (19) increases the engine speed by 120 min-1
from the speed set by the engine control dial
control, and increases the travel speed.

T2-2-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-045

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

HP Mode Control
Purpose: A
The HP mode control slightly increases digging power
such as arm roll-in operation while excavating deeply. G

Operation:
F
1. When the work mode is digging mode, power mode
switch (35) is in the HP mode position, and any of
the following conditions exist, MC (14) sends the E
signals equivalent to the target engine speed to
ECM (19) by using CAN communication (18).
2. ECM (19) slightly increases the engine speed set by
the engine control dial in order to increase engine B
output power. C D

A - Engine Speed E - 1020 min-1


Condition: B - Engine Control Dial Position F - 1210 min-1
 Engine control dial (36): 1020 min-1 or more C - Slow Idle Position G - HP Mode Fast Idle Speed
 Signal output from pressure sensor (boom raise) (2) D - Fast Idle Position
or pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (4)
 Delivery Pressure of Pump 1 is high
f NOTE: The HP mode control can be made operable or
inoperable by MPDr. (15).

T2-2-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-006

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Idle Control
Purpose:
The auto-idle control reduces the engine speed when A
all the control levers are in neutral. Therefore, fuel
consumption and noise level can be reduced. E

Operation:
1. Approx. 3 seconds after all the control levers are set
to the neutral position (pressure sensors (2) to (9), F
(12): OFF) with auto-idle switch (34) ON, MC (14)
sends the signals equivalent to the auto-idle speed
G
to ECM (19) by using CAN communication (18).
2. ECM (19) changes the engine speed into the auto- B
C D
idle speed.
3. As soon as either control lever is moved (either A- Engine Speed F- Auto-Idle Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position G- Slow Idle Speed
pressure sensor (2) to (9), (12): ON), MC (14) C- Slow Idle Position
returns the signals sending to ECM (19) into those D- Fast Idle Position
equivalent to the target engine speed set by engine E- Fast Idle Speed
control dial (36).
4. ECM (19) changes the engine speed to the original
engine speed.

Auto-Idle Deactivation Condition:


 Control lever: Operated (either pressure sensor (2) to
(9), (12): ON)
 Power mode switch (35): Operated
 Engine control dial (36): Operated
f NOTE: The auto-idle speed can be adjusted by MPDr.
(15). (AI Speed Adjustment)

T2-2-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJBM-02-02-009

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Protection Control


Purpose:
The engine protection control controls increasing the A
engine speed and promotes circulation of engine oil
immediately after the engine starts. Therefore, the engine F
(turbocharger) is protected from being damaged.

Operation:
1. When the engine starts, MC (14) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (19)
according to the signals from coolant temperature
E
sensor (20) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (1)
by using CAN communication (18). B
C D
2. ECM (19) set the engine speed to 900 min-1 or slow
idle speed and holds it for 3 to 6 seconds. A- Engine Speed E- 900 min-1 or Slow Idle Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position F- Fast Idle Speed
3. MC (14) deactivates the engine protection control C- Slow Idle Position
past the specified time after the engine starts. D- Fast Idle Position
4. ECM (19) returns the engine speed to the speed
according to other engine controls.

fNOTE: The priority is given to the engine protection


control. Therefore, the engine speed does not change
even if engine control dial (36) is operated at the engine
protection control. Other controls are activated after the
engine protection control is deactivated.

T2-2-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
13 17
37
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJBM-02-02-011

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Speed Slow Down Control


Purpose:
When the auto shut-down control is operated, the engine
speed slow down control reduces the engine speed to
slow idle speed in order to reduce the engine load and
hydraulic actuator load.

Operation:
1. When the auto shut-down control is operated, MC
(14) sends the signal to ECM (19) to reduce the
engine speed slowly by using CAN communication
(18).
2. ECM (19) reduces the engine speed to minimum
speed according to CAN communication (18).
3. Then, the engine stops by the auto shut-down
control. (Refer to Auto Shut-Down Control.)

T2-2-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-010

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control (Only


Machine Equipped with Attachment Parts)
Purpose: A
The attachment operation speed limit control reduces
the maximum engine speed to the attachment (breaker) E
operating engine speed set by MPDr. (15) when the
attachment mode is selected.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and the
attachment mode is selected, MC (14) sends the
F
signals equivalent to the target engine speed
set by MPDr. (15) to ECM (19) by using CAN B
communication (18). C D
2. ECM (19) reduces the engine speed by the speed set A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
by MPDr.(15) from fast idle speed. B - Engine Control Dial Position E - Fast Idle Speed
C - Slow Idle Position F - Slow Idle Speed

Condition:
 MPDr.(15): Resets the maximum engine speed to a
slower (-) attachment (breaker) operating speed.
 Work mode: Attachment mode
Attachment selected by using monitor (17) is set
slower (-) by MPDr.(15).
 Power mode switch (35): HP

T2-2-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 15
4
5
6
7
8
9
38 10
11
12
37 13 17
16

18
36

14
35

34

33 19

32
31 22 23 24 25

30 20

21

29 27

28 26

TJAA-02-02-012

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Engine 29- Pump 1 Control Pressure
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Cam Angle Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Crank Speed Sensor 30- Auto Shut-Down Signal
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 31- Travel Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- (Not Used) Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MC 25- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 35- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- Monitor 27- Pump 2 Control Pressure 36- Engine Control Dial
Out) 18- CAN Sensor 37- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- ECM 28- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor

T2-2-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control
The pump control consists of the followings.

 Pump Flow Rate Control


 Speed Sensing Control
 Output Power Control
 ECO Mode Control
 Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control
 Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control
 Overheat Prevention Control
 * Attachment Operation Pump Control
 Fan Pump Flow Rate Control
 Pump Learning Control
f NOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the
optional parts equipped.

T2-2-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control System Layout


15
1 2
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11
12 16
13
39
18

38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-014

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
The pump flow rate control makes the pump to deliver oil
amount required for the actuator according to the control
lever stroke.

Operation:
 When the control lever is operated:
1. When the control lever is operated, pressure oil
from the pilot valve acts on each pressure sensor
((2) to (9)) according to the lever stroke.
2. Each pilot pressure sensor ((2) to (9)) detects this
pressure and sends the signal to MC (14).
3. MC (14) compares the actual displacement angle
control pressure detected by the pump 1 control
pressure sensor (31) or pump 2 control pressure
sensor (29). MC (14) calculates the required oil
amount and drives the pump 1 control solenoid
valve (30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28).
4. Consequently, the pump displacement angle is
increased so that the pump delivery flow rate
increases.

 When the control lever is in neutral:


1. When the control lever is in the neutral position, the
pilot pressure oil to each pressure sensor ((2) to (9))
is stopped.
2. Each pressure sensor ((2) to (9)) detects that
pressure is 0 and sends the signal to MC (14).
3. MC (14) compares the actual displacement angle
control pressure detected by the pump 1 control
pressure sensor (31) or pump 2 control pressure
sensor (29). MC (14) calculates the required oil
amount and drives the pump 1 control solenoid
valve (30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28).
4. Consequently, the pump displacement angle is
minimized so that the pump delivery flow rate is
minimized.

fNOTE: When lowering the boom, the boom falls due


to own weight due to the boom regenerative valve
operation. When lowering the boom, the pump delivery
flow rate does not increase.

T2-2-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
3 15
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33
TJAA-02-02-015

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Speed Sensing Control


Purpose:
HP/PWR Mode
The speed sensing control controls the pump delivery
flow rate in response to the engine speed changes due to Q
variations in load so that the engine output power can be
utilized more efficiently.
Engine stall is prevented when the machine is operated
under adverse conditions such as operating at high
altitude.

Operation:
1. The target engine speed can be set by engine
control dial (38).
2. MC (14) calculates the difference in speed between
the target engine speed and the actual engine P
speed detected by CAN communication (18) from
T111-05-02-004
ECM (19). MC (14) sends the signals to the pump
1 control solenoid valve (30) and pump 2 control
solenoid valve (28). ECO Mode

3. The pump 1 control solenoid valve (30) and pump 2 Q


control solenoid valve (28) deliver the pilot pressure
according to the signals to the regulator and
controls the pump delivery flow rate.
4. If the engine load increases and the actual engine
speed becomes slower than the target engine
speed, the pump displacement angle is reduced so
that pump flow rate will be decreased. The engine
load is reduced and engine stall is prevented.

P
T166-02-01-014

P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate

T2-2-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
3
4 15
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-016
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Output Power Control


Purpose:
The output power control controls each pump delivery
flow rate so that the sum of the pump driving torque
assigned to pump 1, pump 2, and fan pump do not
exceed the engine output torque, and efficiently utilizes
the engine output power.

Operation:
1. When operating pump 1 and pump 2, some
difference between each delivery pressure occurs
under normal conditions.
2. The load of the higher delivery pressure side pump
is high, and the load of the lower delivery pressure
side pump is low.
3. Pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((26),
(27)) and pump 1 and pump 2 control pressure
sensors ((31), (29)) detect this status and send the
signals to MC (14).
4. MC (14) calculates the maximum target pump
displacement angle from the signals of pump 1 and
pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((26), (27)) within
the range that the sum of the pump driving torque
assigned to pump 1, pump 2, and fan pump do not
exceed the engine output power.
5. MC (14) compares the actual pump displacement
angle control pressure detected by pump 1 and
pump 2 control pressure sensors ((31), (29)) with the
target pump displacement angle control pressure.
6. MC (14) drives the higher load side pump control
solenoid valve in order to accord the actual pump
displacement angle control pressure with the target
pump displacement angle control pressure, and
increases the pump delivery flow rate of the higher
load side.

fNOTE: The fan pump delivery flow rate is controlled by


the fan pump flow rate control regardless of the engine
output torque. (Refer to T2-2-52.)

T2-2-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
3 15
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-017
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode control decreases the pump flow rate
to 91 % at the HP mode in order to reduce the engine
load and improve fuel consumption rate. Engine stall is
prevented when the machine is operated under adverse
condition such as operating at high altitude.

Operation: Q
1. When power mode switch (37) is turned to ECO
mode, the signal is transmitted to MC (14).
2. MC (14) calculates the target pump displacement
angle control pressure including the signals from
the pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26) and pump
2 delivery pressure sensor (27). MC (14) compares
the actual pump displacement angle control
pressure detected by the pump 1 control pressure
sensor (31) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor
(29) with the target pump displacement angle
P
control pressure.
T166-02-01-006
3. MC (14) drives the pump 1 control solenoid valve
(30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28) to the P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate
difference of pump displacement angle control
pressure between the actual control pressure
and the target control pressure so that the pump
displacement angle is reduced and the pump
delivery flow rate decreases.

T2-2-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
3 15
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-017
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control


Purpose:
Energy loss and temperature raise of hydraulic oil are
prevented.

Operation:
1. When operating the actuator, the pressure applied
on the pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26) and
pump 2 delivery pressure sensor (27) are changed
according to the load.
2. The pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26) and pump Q
2 delivery pressure sensor (27) detect the pump Qm
delivery pressures and send the signals to MC (14).
B
3. When pump delivery pressure becomes 30.9 MPa
(315 kgf/cm2), MC (14) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by the pump 1 control A
pressure sensor (31) and pump 2 control pressure Qo
sensor (29) with the target pump displacement
angle. MC (14) drives the pump 1 control solenoid Pc Pr P
valve (30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28) in
order to decrease and minimize the pump flow rate. P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate

4. When pressure sensor (travel) (9) detects the travel A - Relief Cutoff B - Relief Cutoff Cut
pilot pressure or pressure sensor (swing) (8) detects
the swing pilot pressure, MC (14) cancels the pump
relief flow rate decrease control.

T2-2-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
15
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33
TJAA-02-02-039
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-37
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control


Purpose:
The swing high pressure power decrease control
decreases the pump 2 delivery flow rate in order to
reduce energy consumption when starting swing
operation.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the pump 2 control solenoid valve (28).
2. The pump 2 control solenoid valve (28) delivers
the pilot pressure according to the signals to the
regulator and reduces pump 2 delivery flow rate.
Condition:
 Swing pilot pressure: High
 Signal output from only pressure sensor (swing) (8),
or signal output from pressure sensor (boom lower)
(3) and pressure sensor (swing) (8).
 Pump 2 delivery pressure: High

T2-2-38
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2
15
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33
TJAA-02-02-024
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-39
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Overheat Prevention Control


Purpose:
The overheat prevention control prevents overheat by
reducing the pump maximum flow rate and driving
torque when the coolant and hydraulic oil temperature
exceed the specified value.

Operation:
1. ECM (19) sends the signal of coolant temperature
sensor (20) to MC (14) via CAN (18).
2. MC (14) calculates the target pump displacement Q
angle control pressure, which reduces the pump
driving torque by 7%, by using the signals from the
pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26) and pump
2 delivery pressure sensor (27) when the coolant
temperature becomes 99 °C or higher.
3. MC (14) compares the pump displacement angle
control pressure that is calculated by the signals of
the pump 1 control pressure sensor (31) and pump
2 control pressure sensor (29) with the target pump P
displacement angle control pressure.
Q
4. MC (14) drives the pump 1 control solenoid valve
(30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28) to
accord the actual and target pump displacement
angle control pressures.
5. MC (14) receives the signal from the hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
6. MC (14) calculates the target pump displacement
angle control pressure, which reduces the pump
driving torque by 7%, by using the signals from the P
pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26) and pump 2
delivery pressure sensor (27) when the hydraulic oil
temperature becomes 100 °C or higher. P- Pressure Q- Flow Rate
7. MC (14) compares the pump displacement angle
control pressure calculated by the pump 1 control
pressure sensor (31) and pump 2 control pressure
sensor (29) with the target pump displacement
angle control pressure.
8. MC (14) monitors the actual pump displacement
angle for comparison with the target pump
displacement angle control pressure, and drives
the pump 1 control solenoid valve (30) and pump
2 control solenoid valve (28) to decrease the
pump displacement angle in order to decrease the
maximum flow rate or pump driving torque.
9. When the following conditions are met, the
overheat prevention control is terminated.
 Coolant temperature: 95 °C or less
 Hydraulic Oil Temperature: 95 °C or less

T2-2-40
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2 15
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33
TJAA-02-02-018
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-41
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Pump Control (Only Machine


Equipped with Attachment Parts)
Purpose:
When operating the attachment, the upper limit of pump
2 maximum flow rate is limited so that the proper flow
rate can flow to the equipped attachment.

Operation:
1. When operating the breaker (attachment pilot
valve), pressure sensor (attachment) (12) detects
attachment pilot pressure and sends the signal to
MC (14).
2. MC (14) always detects the pump displacement
angle control pressures detected by the pump 1
control pressure sensor (31) and pump 2 control
pressure sensor (29).
3. MC (14) drives the pump 2 control solenoid valve
(28). When pump 2 displacement angle control
pressure reaches the displacement angle control
pressure position of the maximum flow rate
indicated by the attachment mode, MC (13) holds
the pump displacement angle.
4. As the attachment is controlled by the auxiliary
spool at the 5-spool side in the control valve, only
the maximum flow rate of pump 2 is controlled.

fNOTE: As the returning oil from the breaker directly


flows to the hydraulic oil tank without through the
oil cooler, hydraulic oil temperature is raised. When
operating breaker, in order to avoid this temperature
raise, MC (14) drives the pump 1 flow rate control
solenoid valve (30) and increases pump 1 delivery flow
rate. Consequently, as oil flow rate through the oil cooler
increases, temperature raise of hydraulic oil is prevented
and the engine overheating is prevented when operating
breaker.

T2-2-42
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2 15
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-022
1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-43
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Fan Pump Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
Fan pump flow rate control controls the fan pump
delivery flow rate according to boost temperature,
coolant temperature, hydraulic oil temperature and
ambient temperature. When the air conditioner switch
is turned ON, control the fan pump delivery flow rate
in order not to decrease even if the engine speed is
slow. The fan speed is controlled in order to adjust the
temperature of oil cooler, radiator, intercooler, and air
conditioner properly.

Operation:
 Air conditioner switch: OFF
1. MC (14) receives the signals from boost temperature
sensor (23) and coolant temperature sensor (20)
through ECM (19) via CAN (18).
2. MC (14) receives the signal from the hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
3. MC (14) calculates the fan rotation speed according
to each input signal.
4. MC (14) sends the highest output signal of the
calculated fan rotation speed to the fan pump
control solenoid valve (32) and controls the fan
pump delivery flow rate.
5. Consequently, the fan rotation speed is controlled
properly.

T2-2-44
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15
1 2
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11
12 16
13
39
18
38

37

14
36
19
26 27
35
20 25
42

43
21

41 22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-019

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
Sensor (OP) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- (Not Used) Sensor Learning Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- MC 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 36- Auto-Idle Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 37- Power Mode Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Engine Control Dial
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 39- Key Switch
Roll-In) 18- CAN Sensor 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- ECM 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 41- Air Conditioner Unit
Out) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 42- Ambient Temperature Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 21- Engine Sensor 43- CAN1
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve

T2-2-45
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

 Air conditioner switch: ON


1. MC (14) receives the signals from boost temperature
sensor (23) and coolant temperature sensor (20)
through ECM (19) via CAN (18).
2. MC (14) receives the signal from ambient
temperature sensor (42) through air conditioner
unit (41) and CAN 1 (43).
3. MC (14) receives the signal from the hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
4. MC (14) receives the signal of target engine speed
from engine control dial (38).
5. MC (14) calculates the fan rotation speed according
to each input signal.
6. MC (14) sends the highest output signal of the
calculated fan rotation speed to the fan pump
control solenoid valve (32) and controls the fan
pump delivery flow rate.
7. Consequently, the fan speed is controlled properly
regardless of the engine speed.

T2-2-46
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15
1
2
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
40 9
10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25
42

43
21

41 22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33

TJAA-02-02-020

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
Sensor (OP) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- (Not Used) Sensor Learning Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- MC 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 36- Auto-Idle Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 37- Power Mode Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 38- Engine Control Dial
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 39- Key Switch
Roll-In) 18- CAN Sensor 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- ECM 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 41- Air Conditioner Unit
Out) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 42- Ambient Temperature Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 21- Engine Sensor 43- CAN1
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve

T2-2-47
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Learning Control


Purpose:
When the pump 1 control solenoid valve (30) and pump
2 control solenoid valve (28) are activated, the pump
learning control detects the pressure which is necessary
to pump control.

Operation:
1. In case of the following conditions exist, when the
pump regulator pressure learning switch (35) in
the rear console is set to the pump learning side
(opposite side of E), MC (14) drives the pump 1
control solenoid valve (30) and pump 2 control
solenoid valve (28).
2. Therefore, the spools of pump 1 control solenoid
valve (30) and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28)
are operated.
3. The pump 1 control pressure sensor (31) and pump
2 control pressure sensor (29) detect changing
pressure at this time and send the signal to MC (14)
according to each pressure.
4. MC (14) records current and pressure at this time
when driving pump 1 control solenoid valve (30)
and pump 2 control solenoid valve (28).
Condition:
 Engine (21): Running
 Engine control dial (38): Fast Idle
 Auto-Idle Switch (36): OFF
 Power mode switch (37): HP Mode
 Pressure sensor: No signal (Control lever in neutral)
 Hydraulic oil temperature: 50±5 °C
 Pilot shut-off switch (40): LOCK position
IMPORTANT: Be sure to perform the pump
learning if the following work is done. (Refer to
Troubleshooting Section)
 Replace the pump, the pump regulator, pump 1
control solenoid valve (30), and pump 2 control
solenoid valve (28).
 After MC (14) has been replaced.
fNOTE: The engine learning is not required when the
batteries are replaced.

T2-2-48
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 2 15
3
4
5
6 17
7
8
9
40 10
11 16
12
39 13

18
38

37

36 14

19
26 27
35
20 25

21

22 23 24 31 29

30 28

34

32
33
TJBM-02-02-021

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
Sensor 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 24- Cam Angle Sensor Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (OP) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 33- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 13- (Not Used) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 34- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 14- MC Sensor 35- Pump Regulator Pressure
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 15- MPDr. 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Learning Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 16- Monitor Controller Sensor 36- Auto-Idle Switch
Roll-In) 17- Monitor 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Power Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 18- CAN 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure 38- Engine Control Dial
Out) 19- ECM Sensor 39- Key Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Engine 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor

T2-2-49
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control
The valve control consists of the followings.

 Pressure rising selection control when traveling


 Power Digging Control
 Auto-Power Lift Control
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
 Boom Mode Selector Control
 Swing Flow Rate Control
 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
 Bucket Flow Combiner Control

T2-2-50
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control System Layout 16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-025

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-51
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pressure Rising Selection Control When Traveling


Purpose:
Pressure rising selection control increases pressure when
traveling.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI) delivers
pilot pressure to main relief valve (36) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to Control Valve/COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

Condition:
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): Outputting signal

T2-2-52
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-026

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-53
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Digging Control


Purpose:
The power digging control increases digging force by
temporarily increasing relief pressure.

Operation:
1. During power digging switch is turned ON
(maximum eight second stretch), MC (14) activates
the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI) delivers
pilot pressure to main relief valve (36) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to Control Valve/COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

T2-2-54
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-027

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-55
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Power Lift Control


Purpose:
The auto-power lift control increases pressure when
raising the boom.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SI) delivers
pilot pressure to main relief valve (36) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to Control Valve/COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

Condition:
 Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (2): ON
 Pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (26): High
(Reference: 31.5 MPa)
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (4): OFF
f NOTE: This control system is also activated when
operating combined operations.

T2-2-56
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-028

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- 12- Pressure Sensor Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(Attachment) (OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-57
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control


Purpose:
The travel motor displacement angle control controls the
travel mode.

Operation:
 Slow Speed
1. When travel mode switch (44) is in slow speed
position (45), the travel motor displacement angle is
kept in the maximum angle so that the travel speed
is slow.
 Fast Speed
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (14) shifts
the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SC).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SC) delivers
pilot pressure to the travel motor displacement
angle control valve (40) and decreases the
displacement angle to the minimum, so that the
travel speed increases.

Condition:
 Travel mode switch (44): Fast Speed Position (46)
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): Outputting signal
 Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor (26) and Pump 2
Delivery Pressure Sensor (27): Both pump delivery
pressures are low. (Reference: 24 MPa or less)
 Either pilot pressure on pressure sensor (4-spool
side) (10) or pressure sensor (5-spool side) (11) is
high. (Reference: 2.0 MPa or more)
f NOTE: When the track is raise off the ground and is
rotated, the one side travel pilot pressure increases, so
that the raised track rotates at fast speed. When the
machine is traveling at the fast speed and even if the
front attachment is operated (pressure sensor (2) to (7):
ON), the travel mode is kept at the fast speed.

T2-2-58
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-030

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- 12- Pressure Sensor Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(Attachment) (OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-59
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Boom Mode Selector Control


Purpose:
Reduces vibration of the machine when operating
digging and ground leveling operation.

Operation:
1. MC (14) receives the signal from each pressure
sensor.
2. When the following conditions exist, MC (14)
operates the 2-spool solenoid valve unit (41) (SC).
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump acts on the boom
overload relief selection valve (37) through the
2-spool solenoid valve unit (41) (SC).
4. When the boom overload relief selection valve (37)
is shifted, the relief set pressure of the overload
relief valve decreases.
5. Consequently, as holding pressure at the boom
cylinder rod side decreases, vibration of the
machine is reduced when operating boom lower
operation.
(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION/Control Valve/
Boom Overload Control Valve.)

Condition:
 Boom mode selector switch (42): ON
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): No signal
 Pressure Sensors (Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, and
Attachment) (2 to 9, 12): Outputting signal from
either pressure sensor
f NOTE: Output of one of a pressure sensor (boom raise/
lower, arm roll-out/roll-in, bucket roll-out/roll-in, swing,
travel, or attachment (OP) (2 to 9, 12) becomes 0.7 MPa
or more, MC (14) recognizes that a lever is operated.
OP: Option

T2-2-60
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-031

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-61
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
When operating combined operation of swing and
boom raise or swing and arm roll-out, the swing flow rate
control restricts pressure oil to the swing operation and
delivers more pressure oil to boom or arm so that the
operating speed of boom or arm is maintained.

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the 2-spool solenoid valve unit (41) (SI).
2. The 2-spool solenoid valve unit (41) (SI) delivers
pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts the swing
flow rate control valve (39).
3. Pressure oil which flows to the swing spool from
pump 2 is restricted by the swing flow rate control
valve (39).
4. Consequently, as pressure oil from pump 2 flows to
the spools other than swing, the operating speed of
the boom or arm becomes faster.

Condition:
 Combined operation of swing and boom raise
 Combined operation of swing and arm roll-out

T2-2-62
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-032

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-63
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
When operating arm single operation, the arm 2 flow
rate control increases pressure oil to arm 2 and delivers
more pressure oil to arm that the arm operating speed is
maintained.

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SG).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SG) delivers
pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts the arm 2
flow rate control valve (38).
3. The pressure oil flow to the arm 2 spool from pump
1 is increased.
4. Consequently, the arm operating speed is
maintained fast.

Condition:
 Signal output from pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (4) or
pressure sensor (arm roll-out) (5)
 No signal output from pressure sensor (boom raise)
(2) or pump 1 delivery pressure is high

T2-2-64
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
43
42
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-033

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-65
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Bucket Flow Combiner Control


Purpose:
The bucket flow combiner control combines pressure
oil from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2, when
operating single bucket operation. The combined
pressure oil flows to the bucket spool. The bucket
operating speed becomes fast.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (14)
activates the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SF).
2. The 4-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SF) delivers
pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts bypass shut-
out valve (35).
3. The neutral circuit of pump 2 is blocked and the
neutral circuit pressure of pump 2 increases.
4. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 is
combined with pressure oil from pump 2. The
combined pressure oil flows to the bucket spool
and the bucket operating speed increases.

Condition:
 Signal output from pressure sensor (bucket roll-in)
(6) or pressure sensor (bucket roll-out) (7)

T2-2-66
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

16

15
1 18
2
3 17
4
5
6 26 27
7
8 19
50 9 20
10
11
12
49 13
48
21 22 23 24 25 31 29 28
47 14

46
30
45 34 35
33
44 32
42
41
36

41

39

38 37
40
TJBM-02-02-034

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 13- (Not Used) 27- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 38- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Sensor 14- MC Sensor 39- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 15- CAN 28- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 40- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 16- MPDr. 29- Pump 2 Control Pressure Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 17- Monitor Controller Sensor 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Monitor 30- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 42- Boom Mode Selector Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 19- ECM 31- Pump 1 Control Pressure 43- Power Digging Switch
Roll-In) 20- Engine Sensor 44- Travel Mode Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 21- Coolant Temperature Sensor 32- Fan Pump Control Solenoid 45- Slow Speed Position
Out) 22- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Valve 46- Fast Speed Position
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 23- Boost Temperature Sensor 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 47- Power Mode Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 24- Cam Angle Sensor 34- Control Valve 48- Engine Control Dial
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 25- Crank Speed Sensor 35- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 49- Key Switch
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 26- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 36- Main Relief Valve 50- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) Sensor 37- Boom Overload Relief
(OP) Selection Valve

T2-2-67
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Other Control
The other control consists of the followings.

 Work Mode Control


 Auto Shut-Down Control
 Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control
 Level Check Control
 * Auto-lubrication control
 * Breaker Alarm Control
 * Swing Alarm Control
 * Travel Alarm Control
 * Overload Alarm Control
f NOTE: *: Depending on regional requirements, these
controls will be equipped as standard.

T2-2-68
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Work Mode Control


The work mode control consists of digging mode
and attachment mode 1 to 5. The work mode can be
selected by the monitor.

 Digging Mode:
Normal control is performed.

 Attachment Mode:
This functions only machine with optional parts
equipped.
In response to attachment control operation,
decreasing of engine speed (refer to T2-2-24, 25),
increasing or decreasing pump flow rate (refer to T2-
2-42, 43).
The adjustment is made by MPDr..
fNOTE: On the attachment mode, one to eleven
attachment modes can be selected from ATT 1 to 5 by
using MPDr..

T2-2-69
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto Shut-Down Control


Purpose:
The auto shut-down control automatically stops the
fNOTE: The auto shut-down ON/OFF can be selected
and the time when the auto shut-down control is
engine in order to reduce fuel consumption when the activated can be set by monitor (6).
operation is not carried out in a specified time.
fNOTE: Return the key switch to the OFF or ACC position
Operation: and reset it to the START position, and the engine can
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (2) sends restart.
the auto shut-down signal to monitor controller (5)
by using CAN communication (3).
2. Monitor controller (5) displays the auto shut-down
notice on monitor (6) and sounds buzzer (7) once
before 30 seconds for the auto shut-down enable
time set by monitor (6).Monitor controller (5)
sounds buzzer (7) continuously before 15 seconds.
(intermittent sound)
3. MC (2) reduces the engine speed to the slow idle
speed after the auto shut-down enable time is over.
(Refer to Engine Speed Slow Down Control.)
4. When the engine speed is reduced to the slow idle
speed, MC (2) turns ON auto shut-down relay (12).
5. The battery relay is turned OFF and the engine
stops. (Refer to SYSTEM/Electrical System.)

Condition:
 Pilot shut-off switch (14): OFF
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)
 Auto shut-down: ON
 Overheat alarm: OFF
 Coolant temperature: 100 °C or less
 Abnormal communication of ECM (8) or monitor
controller (5): None

T2-2-70
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
7

13 2

9 10 11

12

TJBM-02-02-036

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 5- Monitor Controller 10- Engine 14- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Sensor 6- Monitor 11- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure
2- MC 7- Buzzer Sensor
3- CAN 8- ECM 12- Auto Shut-Down Relay
4- MPDr. 9- Coolant Temperature Sensor 13- Engine Control Dial

T2-2-71
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control


Purpose:
The hydraulic oil overheat alarm control sounds the
fNOTE: The temperature, judging time, and buzzer ON/
OFF operation of hydraulic oil overheat alarm control
buzzer when hydraulic oil temperature increases beyond can be set by MPDr (4).
the specified value.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from the hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
2. When hydraulic oil temperature increases and is
kept high for a specified time, MC (2) sends the
signal to monitor controller (5) by using CAN
communication (3).
3. Monitor controller (5) sounds buzzer (7) and
displays the hydraulic oil overheat alarm on monitor
(6).
4. When hydraulic oil temperature decreases, monitor
controller (5) stops buzzer (7) and deletes the
hydraulic oil overheat alarm on monitor (6).

3
6
2 5

7
TDAA-02-02-010

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 2- MC 4- MPDr. 6- Monitor


Sensor 3- CAN 5- Monitor Controller 7- Buzzer

T2-2-72
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Level Check Control


Purpose:
The level check control checks the level of coolant and
engine oil and displays the results on the monitor (7)
when performing the pre-operation inspection.

Operation:
1. When the return to basic screen switch (monitor) (8)
is turned ON with key switch (9) ON, MC (3) receives
the signal.
2. MC (3) sends the signals of the engine oil level
switch (1) and coolant level switch (2) to monitor
controller (6) by using CAN communication (4).
3. Monitor controller (6) displays the coolant level and
engine oil level on monitor (7).

1 2

6
9 3

TJAA-02-02-038

1- Engine Oil Level Switch 4- CAN 7- Monitor 9- Key Switch


2- Coolant Level Switch 5- MPDr. 8- Return to Basic Screen Switch
3- MC 6- Monitor Controller (Monitor)

T2-2-73
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Lubrication Control (Option)


Purpose: 11. When the operating number (stroke number) of
Auto-lubrication control controls the auto-lubrication the distribution valve (10) reaches the specified
device in order to perform the auto-lubrication number, MC (2) disconnects the ground to terminal
properly. (Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Others #C17.
(Upperstructure) / Distribution Valve.)
12. Consequently, as auto-lubrication relay (8) is turned
OFF and current does not flow to grease pump (9),
Operation:
grease pump (9) stops.
1. When auto-lubrication switch (1) is turned ON, MC
(2) connects terminal #C17 to the ground. 13. Then, as MC (2) grounds terminal #C17 again after
the preset interval, grease pump (9) is operated and
2. Auto-lubrication relay (8) is excited.
the auto-lubrication restarts.
3. Current from fuses #30 (7) flows to grease pump (9)
14. When a signal from the proximity switch (11) is not
and proximity switch (11).
sent to terminal #F22 in MC (2) within 5 minutes
4. Grease pump (9) is operated and the auto- after auto-lubrication relay (8) is turned ON, MC (2)
lubrication starts. recognizes the faulty auto-lubrication circuit (out of
grease, faulty grease pump). MC (2) sends signal to
5. While auto-lubrication relay (8) is ON, grease pump
monitor controller (5) via CAN (3).
(9) is operated and delivers grease.
15. Monitor controller (5) displays auto-lubrication
6. When grease is delivered from grease pump (9), the
alarm on monitor (6).
piston of distribution valve (10) strokes.
7. Proximity switch (11) is provided in distribution fNOTE: The lubrication time and interval can be set by
valve (10) and is turned ON/OFF according to the using the monitor unit or MPDr..
piston stroke of the distribution valve (10).
8. When the piston of distribution valve (10) comes
close to proximity switch (11), proximity switch
(11) is turned ON and transistor (12) in proximity
switch (11) is turned ON. Terminal #F22 in MC (2) is
grounded through proximity switch (11).
9. On the other hand, when the piston of distribution
valve (10) departs from proximity switch (11),
proximity switch (11) is turned OFF and transistor
(12) in proximity switch (11) is turned OFF. Current
from terminal #2 flows to terminal #F22 in MC (2).
10. MC (2) detects the operating number (stroke
number) of distribution valve (10) according to the
signal sent to terminal #F22.

T2-2-74
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

13

6 7
1 3

2 5 8

C17 F22

10

1
11

12

TJAA-02-02-037

1- Auto-Lubrication ON/OFF 4- MPDr. 8- Auto-Lubrication Relay 12- Transistor


Switch 5- Monitor Controller 9- Grease Pump 13- Current from Battery
2- MC 6- Monitor 10- Distribution Valve
3- CAN 7- Fuse #30 11- Proximity Switch

T2-2-75
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Breaker Alarm Control (Option)


Purpose:
The breaker alarm control sounds the buzzer when the
breaker is used in a specified time continuously.

Operation:
1. When the following conditions exist in a specified
time continuously, MC (2) sends the signal to
monitor controller (5) by using CAN communication
(3).
2. Monitor controller (5) sounds buzzer (7).

Condition:
 Work mode: Breaker 1 to 3
 Pressure sensor (attachment) (1) (optional):
Outputting signal
f NOTE: The breaker alarm control can be made operable
or inoperable by MPDr.(4).

3
6
2 5

7
TDAA-02-02-010

1- Pressure sensor (attachment) 2- MC 4- MPDr. 6- Monitor


(option) 3- CAN 5- Monitor Controller 7- Buzzer

T2-2-76
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional


Parts Equipped)
Purpose:
The travel alarm control sounds buzzer (5) during travel
operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(travel) (1) when the travel operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signal to travel alarm device (3) and sounds
buzzer (5).

fNOTE: After traveling continuously for over 13 seconds,


buzzer (5) can be deactivated by buzzer deactivation
switch (4).

3 4

5
TDAA-02-02-011

1- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 3- Travel Alarm Device 5- Buzzer


2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch

T2-2-77
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional


Parts Equipped)
Purpose:
The swing alarm control sounds buzzer (5) and turns on
the beacon light during swing operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(swing) (1) when the swing operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signal to swing alarm relay (3), sounds buzzer
(5), and turns on beacon light (6).

fNOTE: The buzzer (5) can be deactivated by buzzer


deactivation switch (4).

3 4

6
TDAA-02-02-012

1- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 3- Swing Alarm Relay 5- Buzzer


2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch 6- Beacon Light

T2-2-78
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Overload Alarm Control (Only Machines with


Optional Parts Equipped)
Purpose:
The overload alarm control sounds buzzer (8) and displays
fNOTE: The alarm pressure setting (Tipping Threshold
Boom Cyl Botom Pressure) of load in MC (2) can be
the overload alarm when boom raise operation such as adjusted by MPDr.(5).
hoisting is overloaded.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (2) sends
the signal to monitor controller (6).
2. As long as receiving the signal from MC (2), monitor
controller (6) connects terminal #D7 to the ground
inside.
3. Monitor controller (6) sounds buzzer (8) and
displays the overload alarm on monitor (7).

Condition:
 Overload alarm: Enable
 Boom bottom pressure sensor (3): Outputting signal
beyond the specified pressure
 Overload alarm switch (1): ON

3 5

1 4

7
2 6

D7

TDAA-02-02-013

1- Overload Alarm Switch 3- Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor 5- MPDr. 7- Monitor


2- MC 4- CAN 6- Monitor Controller 8- Buzzer

T2-2-79
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

(Blank)

T2-2-80
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Outline
ECM (19) receives the signals from sensors and MC (30). Supply pump (24) is activated by the engine and
ECM (19) processes and activates two-way valve (20), produces high-pressure fuel. Common rail (23) distributes
suction control valve (26), and EGR motor (16) in order to high-pressure fuel produced by supply pump (24) to
control supply pump (24), injector (21), and the EGR valve. injector (21) in each engine cylinder. Injector (21) injects
high-pressure fuel supplied from common rail (23).

1 8
2 9

3 10

11

12

13

15 16

30 19

28

22 20

29
27

26

23 21

24
25

TJBM-02-03-001

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 28- CAN
8- Crank Speed Sensor 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 23- Common Rail 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
9- Cam Angle Sensor 16- EGR Motor 24- Supply Pump 30- MC

T2-3-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Control


ECM (19) detects the engine running condition by the
signals from each sensor and MC (30). ECM (19) controls
fuel injection amount, injection pressure, injection timing,
and injection rate.

The fuel injection control consists of the followings.


 Fuel Injection Amount Control
 Fuel Injection Timing Control
 Fuel Injection Rate Control
 Fuel Injection Pressure Control

T2-3-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1 8
2 9

3 10

11

12

13

15 16

30 19

28

22 20

29
27

26

23 21

24
25

TJBM-02-03-001

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 28- CAN
8- Crank Speed Sensor 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 23- Common Rail 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
9- Cam Angle Sensor 16- EGR Motor 24- Supply Pump 30- MC

T2-3-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Amount Control

Purpose:
The fuel injection amount control controls the fuel
injection amount optimally.

Operation:
1. ECM (19) detects the engine speed by the signals
from crank speed sensor (8) and cam angle sensor
(9).
2. MC (29) calculates the target engine speed
according to the signals from engine control dial
(39), sensors, and switches. MC (29) sends the
signals equivalent to the calculated target engine
speed to ECM (19). (Refer to SYSTEM /Control
System.)
3. ECM (19) mainly controls fuel injection amount by
turning two-way valve (20) in injector (21) ON/OFF
according to the engine speed and the signals from
MC (30).

T2-3-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

51 52
50
49 1 8
48
53 2 9
47
46 3 10
45 11
44
12
43
42 13
41

15 16

39
29 19
38

37 28
32
22 20

27
26
35 33
23

21

24

36 34
25

TJBM-02-03-002

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 20- Two-Way Valve 34- Pump 2 Control Pressure 44- Pressure Sensor (Travel)
Sensor 21- Injector Sensor 45- Pressure Sensor (Swing)
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 35- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 46- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 23- Common Rail Sensor Out)
8- Crank Speed Sensor 24- Supply Pump 36- Pump 1 Control Pressure 47- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-
9- Cam Angle Sensor 25- Fuel Tank Sensor In)
10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 26- Suction Control Valve 37- Auto-Idle Switch 48- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)
11- Boost Pressure Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor 38- Power Mode Switch 49- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)
12- Boost Temperature Sensor 28- CAN 39- Engine Control Dial 50- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)
13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 29- MC 41- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 51- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)
15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 32- Monitor Controller (OP) 52- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
16- EGR Motor 33- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 42- Pressure Sensor (5-Spool Side) Sensor
19- ECM Sensor 43- Pressure Sensor (4-Spool Side) 53- Engine Oil Level Switch

T2-3-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Timing Control Operation of Fuel Injection:


1. Fuel pressure is always applied to nozzle (6) in the
injector.
Purpose:
The fuel injection timing control controls the fuel 2. When turning ON electromagnetic coil (9) in two-
injection timing optimally. way valve (2), high-pressure fuel in control chamber
(5) returns to the fuel tank through orifice A (4).
Operation:
3. As the pressure in control chamber (5) decreases,
1. ECM calculates the fuel injection timing according
hydraulic piston (10) is raised and nozzle (6) is
to the engine speed and fuel injection amount.
opened so that the injection starts.
2. ECM turns two-way valve (2) in the injector ON/OFF
4. When turning OFF electromagnetic coil (9) in two-
according to fuel injection timing.
way valve (2), the circuit to the fuel tank is closed.
High-pressure fuel from the common rail flows to
Fuel Injection Rate Control control chamber (5) through orifice B (12).
5. When high-pressure fuel flows to control chamber
Purpose: (5), the pressure difference occurs to the upper and
The fuel injection rate control controls the fuel injection lower parts of hydraulic piston (10). Hydraulic piston
timing and fuel injection amount, and optimizes (10) is lowered by this pressure difference. As nozzle
combustion in the engine cylinder. (6) is closed, the injection stops.

Operation:
1. The injector injects small amount of fuel (pilot
injection) first and ignites.
2. After igniting, the injector makes second fuel
injection (main injection).
3. ECM turns two-way valve (2) in the injector ON/
OFF. Consequently, ECM controls the optimum fuel
injection timing and fuel injection amount.

T2-3-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1. Two-way valve: ON 2. Injection Start


1
1

9
2
2

3 7 3
7

12 4

5 10

11

6
6

TJAG-02-03-005 TJAG-02-03-006

3. Two-way valve: OFF 4. Injection Stop


1 1

9
2
2
7 7

12
5

10 10

6 6

TJAG-02-03-007 TJAG-02-03-008

1- From ECM 4- Orifice A 7- From Common Rail 11- Spring


2- Two-Way Valve 5- Control Chamber 9- Electromagnetic Coil 12- Orifice B
3- Returning to Fuel Tank 6- Nozzle 10- Hydraulic Piston

T2-3-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Pressure Control

Purpose:
The fuel injection pressure control controls the fuel
injection pressure optimally.

Operation:
1. ECM (19) calculates fuel injection amount according
to the engine speed and the signals from MC (29).
(Refer to Fuel Injection Amount Control.)
2. Common rail pressure sensor (22) sends the signals
according to pressure in common rail (23) to ECM
(19).
3. ECM (19) calculates the best fuel pressure in
common rail (23) according to the engine speed,
fuel injection amount, and the signals of common
rail pressure sensor (22).
4. ECM (19) activates suction control valve (26) in
supply pump (24) and supplies the optimum
amount of fuel to common rail (23).
5. Fuel according to fuel pressure in common rail (23)
is supplied to injector (21) from common rail (23) so
that fuel injection pressure is controlled.

T2-3-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

51 52
50
49 1 8
48
53 2 9
47
46 3 10
45 11
44
12
43
42 13
41

15 16

39
29 19
38

37 28
32
22 20

27
26
35 33
23

21

24

36 34
25

TJBM-02-03-003

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 20- Two-Way Valve 34- Pump 2 Control Pressure 44- Pressure Sensor (Travel)
Sensor 21- Injector Sensor 45- Pressure Sensor (Swing)
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 35- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 46- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 23- Common Rail Sensor Out)
8- Crank Speed Sensor 24- Supply Pump 36- Pump 1 Control Pressure 47- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-
9- Cam Angle Sensor 25- Fuel Tank Sensor In)
10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 26- Suction Control Valve 37- Auto-Idle Switch 48- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)
11- Boost Pressure Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor 38- Power Mode Switch 49- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)
12- Boost Temperature Sensor 28- CAN 39- Engine Control Dial 50- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)
13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 29- MC 41- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 51- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)
15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 32- Monitor Controller (OP) 52- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
16- EGR Motor 33- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 42- Pressure Sensor (5-Spool Side) Sensor
19- ECM Sensor 43- Pressure Sensor (4-Spool Side) 53- Engine Oil Level Switch

T2-3-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Amount Correction Control


Purpose:
The fuel injection amount correction control optimally
corrects fuel injection amount and the proper fuel
injection timing.

1. When the engine starts, if the engine speed is lower


than the engine start correction speed, ECM (19)
corrects fuel injection amount. (Start Correction)
2. In addition, ECM (19) corrects fuel injection amount
according to the signals from atmospheric pressure
sensor (2). (High Altitude Correction)
3. ECM (19) controls two-way valve (20) in injector (21)
and controls the optimum fuel injection amount.

T2-3-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1 8
2 9

3 10

11

12

13

15 16

30 19

28

22 20

29
27

26

23 21

24
25

TJBM-02-03-004

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 28- CAN
8- Crank Speed Sensor 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 23- Common Rail 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
9- Cam Angle Sensor 16- EGR Motor 24- Supply Pump 30- MC

T2-3-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

EGR Control
Purpose:
The EGR control re-circulates a part of exhaust gas into
fNOTE: EGR: Exhaust Gas Recirculation

intake manifold (12) and combines it with intake-air.


Therefore, combustion temperature is lowered and
generation of oxide of nitrogen (NOx) is controlled.

Operation:
 EGR Gas Amount Control
1. ECM (13) decides EGR gas amount according
to engine speed, fuel flow rate, intake manifold
temperature, coolant temperature, atmospheric
pressure, and intake-air temperature.
2. ECM (13) activates EGR motor (10), opens EGR valve
(8), and sends EGR gas to intake manifold (12) in
response to engine condition. EGR gas and intake-
air will mix in intake manifold (12).
3. At the same time, ECM (13) detects the opening
amount of EGR valve (8) by EGR motor position
sensor (9).

 EGR Gas Cooling


1. EGR gas is cooled by cooling system (6) in the EGR
gas passage.
2. Cooled EGR gas and intake-air are mixed so that
combustion temperature is lowered and NOx is
generated lower than normal EGR gas.

T2-3-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1 3

6
4

12

11
10

13

20 14
19 15
18
17
16

TDAA-02-03-020

1- From Air Cleaner 6- Cooling System 11- Intake-Air (From Intercooler) 16- Boost Temperature Sensor
2- To Intercooler 7- Inlet of Coolant 12- Intake Manifold 17- Boost Pressure Sensor
3- Exhaust 8- EGR Valve 13- ECM 18- Coolant Temperature Sensor
4- Engine 9- EGR Motor Position Sensor 14- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 19- Cam Angle Sensor
5- Outlet of Coolant 10- EGR Motor 15- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 20- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-3-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Preheating Control
1 2
Purpose:
The preheating control controls glow plugs which allows
easier cold weather starting, reduces white smoke and 4
noise at start up. And the preheating control adjusts
length of time the glow plugs are used to stabilize engine
idle after start up.

Operation: 5
1. ECM (3) receives the signals from intake-air
3
temperature sensor (1) and coolant temperature 16
sensor (2).
2. When the key switch is set to the ON position, 6
current from terminal M (4) in the key switch flows
to glow plug relay (7).
3. ECM (3) turns glow plug relay ON according to the
signals from intake-air temperature sensor (1) and 7
coolant temperature sensor (2).
4. ECM (3) controls time for current continuity to glow
plug relay (7) so that, time for current continuity of
glow plug (8) is controlled.
8

TJAA-02-03-003

1- Intake-Air Temperature 5- Fuse Box


Sensor 6- From Battery
2- Coolant Temperature Sensor 7- Glow Plug Relay
3- ECM 8- Glow Plug
4- From Key Switch Terminal M

T2-3-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Alarm Control
Operation:
1. ECM (6) receives the signals from engine oil pressure
sensor (3), coolant temperature sensor (5), boost
temperature sensor (2), fuel temperature sensor (4),
and fuel filter differential pressure sensor (1).
2. ECM (6) sends the signals to monitor controller (8)
according to the signals from each sensor by using
CAN communication (7).
3. Monitor controller (8) displays each alarm on
monitor (9).

1 2
3

4
5
7

9
6 8

TJAA-02-03-007

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 3- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 6- ECM 9- Monitor
Sensor 4- Fuel Temperature Sensor 7- CAN
2- Boost Temperature Sensor 5- Coolant Temperature Sensor 8- Monitor Controller

T2-3-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Bleeding Air Control 4 5

Purpose: 1 2
The fuel bleeding air control operates fuel pump (9),
circulates fuel in the fuel circuit, and bleeds air from fuel.
The fuel bleeding air control stops fuel pump (9) when 6
the engine starts.

Operation:
1. When the key switch is set to the ON position, 7
current from key switch terminal M (5) flows to fuel
pump (9) through fuel pump relay (8).
3
2. Fuel pump (9) is operated and fuel is circulated in
the fuel circuit. Then, air in the fuel is bled through
the air bleed plug.
3. ECM (3) receives the signals from crank speed
sensor (1) and cam angle sensor (2) when the
engine starts.
4. ECM (3) connects the coil of fuel pump relay (8) to
the ground and excites fuel pump relay (8). 8
5. When fuel pump relay (8) is excited, the circuit
between fuse box (6) and fuel pump (9) is 9
disconnected.
6. Therefore, fuel pump (9) stops. TJAA-02-03-004

1- Crank Speed Sensor 6- Fuse Box


2- Cam Angle Sensor 7- ECM Main Relay
3- ECM 8- Fuel Pump Relay
4- From Battery 9- Fuel Pump
5- From Key Switch Terminal M

T2-3-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Outline
The hydraulic system mainly consists of the pilot circuit
and main circuit.

Pilot Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Pilot Pump Pilot Valve Operation Control Circuit
Pump Regulator Pump Control Circuit
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Valve Control Circuit
Fan Pump Control Solenoid Valve Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
Signal Control Valve Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit
Accumulator Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit

Main Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Main Pump Control Valve Motor
Fan Pump Fan Valve Cylinder

T2-4-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Pilot Circuit
Outline:
Pressure oil from the pilot pump is used in order to
operate the following circuits.

 Operation Control Circuit


 Pump Control Circuit
 Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit
 Valve Control Circuit
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
 Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit
 Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit

T2-4-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

5 6

1 2 3 7

4
8

41 9
39
P1 P2

40 10

P1 P2
11
12
36
13

37 14
SC 15
SI 16 24
17
35 23
18
25
SG 19

SI 20
26
SF 21

SC 22
27
31
34 32 32
28
33 30

29

TJAA-02-04-001

1- Travel Pilot Valve 11- Spool 22- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 33- Travel Motor Displacement
2- Pilot Valve (Left) 12- Flow Combiner Valve 23- Control Valve Angle Control Circuit
3- Pilot Valve (Right) 13- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 24- Fan Pump Regulator 34- Bucket Flow Combiner
4- Shockless Valve 14- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 25- Fan Pump Control Solenoid Instruction Circuit
5- Operation Control Circuit 15- Boom Overload Relief Control Valve 35- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
6- Swing Parking Brake Release Valve 26- Hydraulic Oil Tank 36- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
Circuit 16- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 27- Suction Filter 37- Accumulator
7- Swing Motor 17- Arm 1 Anti-Drift Valve 28- Pilot Pump 39- Signal Control Valve
8- Pump Control Circuit 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 29- Pilot Filter 40- Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit
9- Pump 1 and 2 Control 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 30- Pilot Relief Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
Solenoid Valve 20- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 31- Valve Control Circuit
10- Regulator 21- Main Relief Valve 32- Travel Motor

T2-4-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Operation Control Circuit


1. The pilot valves (A0 to A5) control pressure oil from
pilot pump (B1) and move the spools in control
valve (B0).
2. Signal control valve (A7) is provided between the
pilot valves and control valve (B0).
3. Shockless valve (A6) is provided in the boom raise
circuit in signal control valve (A7).
4. Shockless valve (A6) restricts the returning oil
from control valve (B0) when stopping boom raise
operation. Quick spool movement is dampened
in control valve (B0). (Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION/Signal Control Valve.)
5. Shockless valve (A8) is provided between signal
control valve (A7) and control valve (B0) in the
boom lower circuit.
6. Shockless valve (A8) restricts the returning oil from
control valve (B0) when stopping boom lower
operation. Quick spool movement is dampened
in control valve (B0).(Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION/Signal Control Valve.)

T2-4-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

A6
A8
A7

1112 9 10 7 8 4 3 165 2

B0

10 12 11
9

14 7
13 8

2
1

2 1
3 4

4 3
5 6

B1

TJAG-02-04-102

1- Boom Raise 5- Swing (Left) 9- Travel Left Forward 13- Auxiliary


2- Boom Lower 6- Swing (Right) 10- Travel Left Reverse 14- Auxiliary
3- Arm Roll-Out 7- Bucket Roll-In 11- Travel Right Forward
4- Arm Roll-In 8- Bucket Roll-Out 12- Travel Right Reverse

A0- Travel (Left) A3- Arm A6- Shockless Valve B0- Control Valve
A1- Travel (Right) A4- Boom A7- Signal Control Valve B1- Pilot Pump
A2- Swing A5- Bucket A8- Shockless Valve

T2-4-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Pump Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION/Pump Device.)
 Pump Control by Pump Control Solenoid Valve
1. Pilot pressure from pilot pump (5) is controlled by
the pump 1 control solenoid valve (4) and pump
2 control solenoid valve (1). This pressure oil is
supplied to the regulators of pump 1 (3) and pump
2 (2) as pump displacement angle control pressure.
2. The regulator increases and decreases the pump
delivery flow rate according to pump displacement
angle control pressure.

 Fan Pump Control by Fan Pump Control Solenoid Valve


1. The pilot pressure from pilot pump (5) is controlled
by fan pump control solenoid valve (8) and acts on
fan pump control valve (7).
2. Pilot pressure from pilot pump (5) is controlled by
the fan pump control valve (7). This pressure oil is
supplied to the regulator of fan pump (6) as fan
pump control pressure.
3. The regulator increases and decreases the fan pump
delivery flow rate according to fan pump control
pressure.

T2-4-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

2 3

1
4

5
6

TJAA-02-04-003

1- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 4- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 7- Fan Pump Control Valve
2- Pump 2 5- Pilot Pump 8- Fan Pump Control Solenoid
3- Pump 1 6- Fan Pump Valve

T2-4-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit (Refer to SYSTEM/


Control System.)

Purpose:
Bucket flow combiner circuit combines pressure oil from
pump 1 (5) with pressure oil from pump 2 (6). Combined
pressure oil flows to the bucket circuit and increases the
bucket operating speed.

1. MC shifts the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (1) SF


when operating bucket roll-in or roll-out single
operation.
2. When the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (1) SF is
shifted, pilot pressure oil from pilot pump (7) acts
on bypass shut-out valve (3).
3. Bypass shut-out valve (3) is shifted. Neutral circuit
(2) in pump 2 (6) is blocked. Pressure oil from pump
2 (6) is combined with pressure oil from pump 1 (5).
Combined oil supplied to bucket spool (4).
4. The bucket operating speed increases.

T2-4-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

2 3

SF

6 5

TJAA-02-04-104

1- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Pump 1 7- Pilot Pump
2- Neutral Circuit 4- Bucket Spool 6- Pump 2

T2-4-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Valve Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION/Control Valve, Travel Device.)
 Pilot pressure from the pilot pump and pilot pressure
from the pilot valve controls following valves through
the 4-spool solenoid valve unit (24) (SG, SI, SF, SC),
2-spool solenoid valve units (21) (SC, SI), flow combiner
valve control spool (9) and arm flow rate control valve
control spool (8) in signal control valve (7).

 Pilot Pressure (25) from Pilot Pump: Arm 1 Anti-Drift


Valve (22), Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (15), and Boom 2
Anti-Drift Valve (23)
 Boom Lower Pilot Pressure (10): Boom Flow Rate
Control Valve (14)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SI: Main Relief Valve
(13) (increasing the set pressure)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SG: Arm 2 Flow Rate
Control Valve (17)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SF: Bypass Shut-Out
Valve (11)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SC: Travel Motor
Displacement Angle Control Valve (20)
 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (21) SI: Swing Flow Rate
Control Valve (19)
 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (21) SC: Boom Overload
Relief Control Valve (16)
 Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool (9) (Travel (Right)
Pilot Pressure): Flow Combiner Valve (12)
 Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool (8) (Arm
Roll-In Pilot Pressure, Swing Pilot Pressure): Arm 1
Flow Rate Control Valve (18)

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit


(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION/Travel Device.)
Pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (24) SC
controls travel motor displacement angle control valve
(20).

T2-4-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4 5 6

9 11 12 10

24
23 13

SG 22
SI 10
SF
SC
21 14

15

25 SI 16
SC
17

20

19 18

TJAG-02-04-005

1- Travel Right Reverse 8- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve 14- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 20- Travel Motor Displacement
2- Travel Right Forward Control Spool 15- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve Angle Control Valve
3- Swing (Right) 9- Flow Combiner Valve Control 16- Boom Overload Relief Control 21- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Swing (Left) Spool Valve 22- Arm 1 Anti-Drift Valve
5- Arm Roll-In 10- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 17- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 23- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Boom Lower 11- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 18- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 24- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
7- Signal Control Valve 12- Flow Combiner Valve 19- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 25- Pilot Pressure from Pilot Pump
13- Main Relief Valve

T2-4-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit (Refer to


COMPONENT OPERATION/Swing Device.)

1. When operating the front attachment or swing, the


pilot pressure from the pilot valve is selected by
shuttle valve (7) in signal control valve (6). And this
pilot pressure shifts swing parking brake release
spool (8).
2. Consequently, pilot pressure SH from pilot pump
(10) is supplied to swing motor (9) and releases the
swing parking brake.

Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION/Others (Upperstructure).)

1. When the pilot shut-off solenoid valve (11) is closed,


pilot pressure oil is routed to signal control valve (6)
and hydraulic oil is warmed while passing through
orifice (5) in signal control valve (6).
2. Because this warmed hydraulic oil flows to signal
control valve (6) and pilot valves, the pilot system
components are warmed.

T2-4-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5
SH

11 6

10 8 7

TJBG-02-04-005

1- Swing 4- Bucket 7- Shuttle Valve 9- Swing Motor


2- Arm 5- Orifice 8- Swing Parking Brake Release 10- Pilot Pump
3- Boom 6- Signal Control Valve Spool 11- Pilot Shut-off Solenoid Valve

T2-4-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Main Circuit
Outline
1. The main pump draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic
oil tank (21) and delivers it to control valve (5).
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 (19) flows to the spools of
travel (right) (11), bucket (12), boom 1 (13), arm 2
(14) through the 4-spool side in control valve (5).
3. Pressure oil from pump 2 (18) flows to the spools of
swing (10), arm 1 (9), boom 2 (8), auxiliary (7), and
travel (left) (6) through the 5-spool side in control
valve (5).
4. The delivered hydraulic oil is supplied to the motors
or cylinders in response to the spool operation of
control valve (5).
5. The returning oil from the motors or cylinders
returns to hydraulic oil tank (21) through control
valve (5) and oil cooler (16).
6. When oil temperature is low (high viscosity) and oil
flow resistance increases in oil cooler (16), bypass
check valve (22) is opened and hydraulic oil directly
returns to hydraulic oil tank (21).
7. Fan pump (17) draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic oil
tank (21), delivers it to oil cooler fan motor (23). Oil
cooler fan motor (23) operates.

T2-4-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2

26 3

25

6 11

7 12

8 13

9 14

10

15

17 18 19

16

24
20 21

22

TJAA-02-04-008
23

1- Travel Motor (Left) 8- Boom 2 Spool 15- Low Pressure Relief Valve 22- Bypass Check Valve
2- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Arm 1 Spool 16- Oil Cooler 23- Oil Cooler Fan Motor
3- Bucket Cylinder 10- Swing Spool 17- Fan Pump 24- Swing Motor
4- Boom Cylinder 11- Travel (Right) Spool 18- Pump 2 25- Arm Cylinder
5- Control Valve 12- Bucket Spool 19- Pump 1 26- Attachments
6- Travel (Left) Spool 13- Boom 1 Spool 20- Suction Filter
7- Auxiliary Spool 14- Arm 2 Spool 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank

T2-4-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Neutral Circuit
1. When the control lever is in neutral, pressure oil
from the main pumps passes through the control
valve and returns to hydraulic oil tank (21).
2. Parallel circuit (pump 1) (3) and parallel circuit
(pump 2) (17), are provided in each circuit of pump
1 (18)and pump 2 (19), and the combined operation
becomes possible.

Flow Combiner Circuit


1. When performing of boom raise and arm
operations, pressure oil from two pumps (pump 1
(18), pump 2 (19)) are combined.
2. When performing of boom lower operation,
pressure oil from pump 2 (19) is not combined.

Relief Circuit
1. Main relief valve (4) is provided in the main circuit
(between pumps and actuators).
2. Main relief valve (4) prevents the pressure in main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when
the spool is operated (when the control lever is
operated).
3. Overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, 30) are provided
in the actuator circuits (between control valve and
actuator) of boom, arm, and bucket.
4. Overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, 30) prevent
surge pressure caused by external force in the
actuator circuit from exceeding the set pressure
when the spool is in neutral (when the control lever
is in neutral).
5. Overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, 30) have make-
up function. When the pressure in the actuator
circuit decreases, overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28,
30) draw pressure oil from hydraulic oil tank (21)and
prevents cavitation from occurring.

Low-Pressure Relief Circuit


1. Low-Pressure relief valve (20) is provided in the
return circuit (between control valve and oil cooler)
of main circuit.
2. Low-Pressure relief valve (20) keeps the specified
pressure in main circuit and improves the actuator
drawing operation when cavitation occurs.

T2-4-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

33 1 2 3 4 5

7
32
8

31 30

29 10 11

28
27

25 12
26
24
23

22
13

14

21 20 17 16 15

19 18 TJAA-02-04-009

1- Travel (Left) Spool 10- Boom 1 Spool 20- Low-Pressure Relief Valve 30- Overload Relief Valve
2- Pressure Oil at Boom Cylinder 11- Boom Cylinder 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank 31- Arm Cylinder
Bottom Side 12- Flow Combiner Circuit (Boom) 22- Swing Spool 32- Attachments (Option)
3- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 13- Overload Relief Valve 23- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2) 33- Travel Motor (Left)
4- Main Relief Valve 14- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 24- Arm 1 Spool
5- Travel Motor (Right) 15- Arm 2 Spool 25- Overload Relief Valve
6- Travel (Right) Spool 16- Flow Combiner Circuit (Arm) 26- Swing Motor
7- Bucket Spool 17- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 27- Boom 2 Spool
8- Overload Relief Valve 18- Pump 1 28- Overload Relief Valve
9- Bucket Cylinder 19- Pump 2 29- Auxiliary Spool

T2-4-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Combined Operation Circuit


 Swings, Boom Raise
1. When performing combined operation of boom
raise and swing, the pilot pressure shifts swing
spool (5), boom 1 spool (3), and boom 2 spool (9).
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows to boom
cylinders (2) through parallel circuit (1) and boom 1
spool (3), and raises the boom.
3. Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows to swing motor
(8) through swing spool (5) and swings the machine.
At the same time, pressure oil flows through parallel
circuit (4) and boom 2 spool (9), is combined with
pressure oil from pump 1 (6), and flows to boom
cylinders (2) and the boom is raised.

T2-4-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

9 2

5 4

7 6 TJAA-02-04-020

1- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 4- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 7- Pump 2


2- Boom Cylinder 5- Swing Spool 8- Swing Motor
3- Boom 1 Spool 6- Pump 1 9- Boom 2 Spool

T2-4-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Flow Combiner Circuit

Purpose:
The flow combiner circuit shifts flow combiner valve (3)
when performing combined operation of travel, front
attachment, and swing, and the machine can travel
straight.

 Travel, Boom Raise


1. When performing combined operation of boom
raise and travel, pilot pressure shifts the spools of
travel (right) (5), travel (left) (2), boom 1 (7), and
boom 2 (11).
2. At the same time, travel (right) pilot pressure shifts
the flow combiner valve control spool in the signal
control valve. Pressure oil from the flow combiner
valve control spool flows to flow combiner valve (3)
and shifts flow combiner valve (3).
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows through travel
(right) spool (5) and activates travel motor (right)
(6).
4. At the same time, pressure oil flows to travel (left)
spool (2) through flow combiner valve (3) and
activates travel motor (left) (1).
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (10) flows to boom
cylinder (8) through boom 2 spool (11) and moves
the boom.
6. Pressure oil from pump 2 (10) is used for the boom.
Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) is equally supplied to
both left and right travel motors and the machine
can travel straight.

fNOTE: As the travel (right) circuit is a tandem circuit,


pressure oil from pump 1 (9) does not flow to boom 1
spool (7).

T2-4-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 5 6

11
7 8

10 9 TJAA-02-04-021

1- Travel Motor (Left) 4- From Flow Combiner Valve 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 1
2- Travel (Left) Spool Control Spool 7- Boom 1 Spool 10- Pump 2
3- Flow Combiner Valve 5- Travel (Right) Spool 8- Boom Cylinder 11- Boom 2 Spool

T2-4-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Swing Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
The swing flow rate control circuit restricts the swing
circuit while combined operation of swing and boom
raise, or swing and arm roll-out. Therefore, the swing flow
rate control circuit supplies more pressure oil to the boom
or arm circuit, and boom or arm is preferentially operated.

 Swing, Arm Roll-Out


1. When performing combined operation of boom
raise and arm roll-out, the pilot pressure shifts the
spools of swing (8), arm 1 (11), and arm 2 (2).
2. MC activates the 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SI) at
this time. (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to selector
valve (5) of the swing flow rate control valve
through 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SI) and shifts
selector valve (5).
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (pump 1) (1) and arm 2
spool (2), and rolls out the arm.
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows to poppet valve
(4) of the swing flow rate control valve and arm 1
spool (11) through parallel circuit (pump 2) (3).
6. Because the pressure oil from selector valve (5) acts
on poppet valve (4) as a back pressure, pressure oil
from pump 2 (7) is restricted by poppet valve (4).
7. Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) preferentially flows to
arm cylinder (12) through arm 1 spool (11) and the
operating speed of arm roll-out increases.

T2-4-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

12

11

10

8 5 4 3 2

TJAA-02-04-012
7 6

1- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 9- From 2-Spool Solenoid Valve
2- Arm 2 Spool (Selector Valve) Unit (SI)
3- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 6- Pump 1 10- Swing Motor
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 7- Pump 2 11- Arm 1 Spool
(Poppet Valve) 8- Swing Spool 12- Arm Cylinder

T2-4-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
The arm 1 flow rate control circuit increases swing
speed by shifting the arm 1 flow rate control valve when
performing combined operation of swing and arm roll-in.

 Swing, Arm Roll-In


1. When performing the combined operation of swing
and arm roll-in, pilot pressure shifts the spools of
swing (8), arm 1 (11), and arm 2 (4).
2. At the same time arm roll-in pilot pressure shifts the
arm 1 flow rate control valve control spool in signal
control valve.
3. Swing pilot pressure (10) acts on selector valve (2)
of arm 1 flow rate control valve and shifts selector
valve (2).
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (5) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (3) and arm 2 spool (4),
and rolls in the arm.
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (6) flows to swing spool (8)
and poppet valve (1) of the arm 1 flow rate control
valve through parallel circuit (7).
6. As the back pressure of poppet valve (1) increases
and poppet valve (1) is closed, pressure oil from
pump 2 (6) is stopped flowing to arm 1 spool (11).
7. Pressure oil from pump 2 (6) preferentially flows to
swing motor (9) through swing spool (8) and the
swing speed increases.

T2-4-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

11
12

9 10

8 7

6 5 TJAA-02-04-013

1- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Neutral Circuit 7- Parallel Circuit 11- Arm 1 Spool
(Poppet Valve) 4- Arm 2 Spool 8- Swing Spool 12- Arm Cylinder
2- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Pump 1 9- Swing Motor
(Selector Valve) 6- Pump 2 10- Swing Pilot Pressure

T2-4-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
The arm 2 flow rate control circuit increases operation
speed of the arm by supplying more amount of pressure
oil to the arm 2 spool when performing single operation
of arm roll-in or roll-out.

 Arm Roll-In
1. Pilot pressure shifts arm 1 spool (11) and arm
2 spool (6) when performing arm roll-in single
operation.
2. Pressure oil from pump 2 (8) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (10) and arm 1 spool
(11), and rolls in the arm.
3. At this time, MC activates 4-spool solenoid valve
unit (SG). (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)
4. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to selector
valve (1) of the arm 2 flow rate control valve
through 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SG) and shifts
selector valve (1).
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (7) flows to poppet valve
(9) of the arm 2 flow rate control valve through
parallel circuit (2).
6. As pressure oil from pump 1 (7) is blocked by
selector valve (1), poppet valve (9) is opened.
7. Pressure oil from pump 1 (7) flows to arm cylinder
(12) and the arm roll-in speed increases.

T2-4-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

12

11

10

9 6

TJAA-02-04-014
8 7

1- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Bucket Cylinder 7- Pump 1 10- Neutral Circuit
(Selector Valve) 5- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool 8- Pump 2 11- Arm 1 Spool
2- Parallel Circuit Solenoid Valve Unit (SG) 9- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 12- Arm Cylinder
3- Bucket Spool 6- Arm 2 Spool (Poppet Valve)

T2-4-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Bucket Regenerative Cut Circuit

Purpose:
When the load is high at bucket roll-in operation, the
bucket regeneration cut circuit flows back pressure oil at
the bucket cylinder (3) rod side to hydraulic oil tank (5)
without regeneration for the bottom side.
Therefore, the pressure at bucket cylinder (3) rod side
decreases and the digging force increases.

 Regeneration Cut (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: High)  Regeneration (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: Low)
1. When the load becomes heavy at bucket roll-in 1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (4) acts on bucket
operation, bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is regeneration cut valve (1).
shifted by pressure oil from pump 1 (4).
2. When the load is light at bucket roll-in operation,
2. The returning oil from the cylinder rod side flows to bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is not shifted.
hydraulic oil tank (5) through bucket spool (2) and
3. As the returning oil from the cylinder rod side is
bucket regeneration cut valve (1).
restricted by bucket regeneration cut valve (1),
3. The pressure at bucket cylinder (3) rod side the pressure at cylinder rod side is higher than the
decreases and digging force is improved. pressure at the cylinder bottom side.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder rod side pushes to
open the check valve in bucket spool (2) and flows
to the cylinder bottom side.
5. The regeneration is done like this and the cylinder
speed increases.

T2-4-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

5 4 TJAA-02-04-015

1- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve 3- Bucket Cylinder 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank


2- Bucket Spool 4- Pump 1

T2-4-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Arm Regenerative Cut Circuit

Purpose:
When the load is high at arm roll-in operation, the arm
regenerative cut circuit sends pressure oil at the arm
cylinder (7) rod side back to hydraulic oil tank (5) without
regenerating it to the bottom side.
Therefore, the pressure at arm cylinder (7) rod side
decreases and digging force is improved.

 Regeneration Cut (Pump 1 (3) delivery pressure: High)  Regeneration (Pump 1 (3) delivery pressure: Low)
1. When the load become heavy at arm roll-in 1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (3) acts on to arm
operation, arm regeneration cut valve (2) is shifted regeneration cut valve (2).
by pressure oil from pump 1 (3).
2. When the load is light at arm roll-in operation, arm
2. The returning oil from the cylinder rod side flows to regeneration cut valve (2) is not shifted.
hydraulic oil tank (5) through arm 2 spool (1) and
3. As the returning oil from the cylinder rod side is
arm regeneration cut valve (2).
restricted by arm regeneration cut valve (2), the
3. The pressure at arm cylinder (7) rod side decreases pressure at cylinder rod side is higher than the
and digging force is improved. pressure at the cylinder bottom side.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder rod side pushes to
open the check valve in arm 2 spool (1) and flows to
the cylinder bottom side.
5. The regeneration is done like this and the cylinder
speed increases.

T2-4-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

5 2

TJAA-02-04-016
4 3

1- Arm 2 Spool 3- Pump 1 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank 7- Arm Cylinder


2- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve 4- Pump 2 6- Arm 1 Spool

T2-4-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Control

Purpose:
When performing the boom lowering operation above
the ground, the boom lower meter-in cut control
restricts pressure oil that flows to boom cylinder (6)
from the pump. The boom falls due to the own weight
by the boom regenerative circuit and pressure oil from
the pump is used for other actuators. Therefore, other
actuators are preferentially operated. The meter-in cut
control is deactivated with the track raised off the ground.
Therefore, the boom is given priority to operate and the
force to raise the track increases.

fNOTE: As an example, the combined operation of


boom lower and arm roll-out is explained here.

 Boom cylinder (6) bottom pressure: High (with the


front attachment above the ground)
1. When performing combined operation of boom
lower and arm roll-out, pilot pressure shifts arm 1
spool (12), arm 2 spool (8), boom 1 spool (7), and
boom 2 spool (14).
2. When boom lower operation is done, boom lower
meter-in cut valve (4) is shifted by the boom
cylinder (6) bottom pressure.
3. Boom lower pilot pressure (5) flows through boom
lower meter-in cut valve (4) and shifts selector valve
(2) of the boom flow rate control valve.
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows to poppet valve
(1) of the boom flow rate control valve through
parallel circuit (3) and selector valve (2) of the boom
flow rate control valve.
5. As back pressure of poppet valve (1) increases and
poppet valve (1) closes, pressure oil flowing from
pump 1 (9) to boom 1 spool (7) is restricted.
6. Pressure oil in the boom cylinder (6) bottom side
flows to the boom cylinder (6) rod side through
boom 2 spool (14) due to boom own weight.
7. As all pressure oil from pump 1 (9) and pump 2 (10)
is used for the arm preferentially, arm roll-out speed
increases.

T2-4-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

fNOTE: The illustration shows at combined operation of


boom lower and arm roll-out.

1 2 3 4

14

15 5 6

13

12 11 8

10 9 TJAA-02-04-017

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 8- Arm 2 Spool 13- Boost Check Valve
(Poppet Valve) Valve 9- Pump 1 14- Boom 2 Spool
2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 10- Pump 2 15- Arm Cylinder
(Selector Valve) 6- Boom Cylinder 11- Hydraulic Oil Tank
3- Parallel Circuit 7- Boom 1 Spool 12- Arm 1 Spool

T2-4-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

 Boom cylinder (4) bottom pressure: Low (with the track


raised off the ground)
1. When the boom lower operation is done with the
bucket set on the ground, the boom cylinder (4)
bottom pressure becomes low and boom lower
meter-in cut valve (3) is not shifted.
2. As boom lower pilot pressure does not act on
selector valve (2) of the boom flow rate control
valve, poppet valve (1) on the boom flow rate
control valve opens.
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows to boom 1 spool
(5).
4. Pressure oil from the boom cylinder (4) bottom side
flows through boom 2 spool (7), combined with
pressure oil from boom 1 spool (5) and flows to the
boom cylinder (4) rod side.

fNOTE: As boom 2 spool (7) is moved, the combined


operation of travel and raise the track off the ground is
possible.

T2-4-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

7 4

TJAA-02-04-018
6

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 5- Boom 1 Spool
(Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve) Valve 6- Pump 1
4- Boom Cylinder 7- Boom 2 Spool

T2-4-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Oil Cooler Fan Reverse Rotation Control


Circuit (Option)
1. Pressure oil from fan pump (6) flows to oil cooler fan
motor (2) through reverse rotation spool (3) in oil
cooler fan valve (1) and port M1.
2. MC shifts reverse rotation control solenoid valve
(4) by the signal from oil cooler fan reverse rotation
switch.
3. Pressure oil from pilot pump (5) shifts reverse
rotation spool (3) in oil cooler fan valve (1).
4. Delivery port of fan pump (6) is shifted to port M2
and oil cooler fan motor (2) rotates reversely.

M2 M1
1 3
4

6 5

TJAA-02-04-022

1- Oil Cooler Fan Valve 3- Reverse Rotation Spool 4- Reverse Rotation Control 5- Pilot Pump
2- Oil Cooler Fan Motor Solenoid Valve 6- Fan Pump

T2-4-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Outline
The electrical circuit is broadly divided into the main
circuit, monitor circuit, accessory circuit, and control
circuit.

 The main circuit consists of the engine and the


accessory related circuits.

 The monitor circuit displays the machine operating


conditions. The monitor circuit consists of the
monitor controller, monitor, relays, and switches.

 The accessory circuit controls the various lights, the


wiper, and the washer. The accessory circuit consists
of the wiper/light controller, relays, and switches.

 The control circuit controls the engine, pump, and


valve. The control circuit consists of the actuators
such as solenoid valves, MC, ECM, sensors, and
switches.
(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

T2-5-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Main Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the main circuit are as
follows.

 The electric power circuit supplies all electric power


to all electrical systems on the machine.
{Key Switch, Battery, Fuses (Fuse Box, Fusible Link)}

 The CAN circuit performs communication between


each controller.

 The accessory related circuit is operated when the


key switch is in the ACC position.

 The starting circuit starts the engine.


(Key Switch, Starter, Starter Relay 1)

 The charging circuit supplies electric power to the


batteries and charges them.
{Alternator (Regulator)}

 The surge voltage prevention circuit prevents the


occurrence of serge voltage developed when
stopping the engine.
(Load Dump Relay)

 The pilot shut-off circuit controls the pilot shut-off


solenoid valve according to the pilot shut-off lever
position. The pilot shut-off solenoid valve controls
the pilot pressure oil that flows from the pilot pump
to the pilot valve.
(Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve, Pilot Shut-Off Lever)

 The auto shut-down circuit/automatic engine stop


circuit at low temperature automatically stops the
engine when the specified conditions exist.
(MC, Auto Shut-Down Relay, ACC Cut Relay, Key
Switch ON Cut Relay)

 The engine stop circuit (key switch: OFF) stops the


engine by using ECM.
(MC, ECM)

T2-5-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)


The battery (1) negative terminal is grounded to the
body. The circuit from the battery (1) positive terminal is
connected as shown below when key switch (5) is in the
OFF position.

Battery (1) Fusible Link Glow Plug Relay (Power) (3)


(2) Key Switch (5) Terminal B
Load Dump Relay (4)
Fuse Box 1 (6) Terminal ECM Main Relay (Power) (7)
#8
Terminal Monitor Controller (Backup Power) (13)
#9 Switch Panel (14)
Cab Light (15)
Radio (Backup Power) (16)
Security Horn (Power) (17)
Security Horn Relay (Power) (18)
Terminal MC (Power) (22)
#10 Wiper/Light Controller (Power) (12)
Terminal Horn Relay (Power) (11)
#19
Terminal Option (21)
#20

T2-5-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3 4

1 2

8 19 9 10 20

7 21

11 22

12

13
14
15
16
17
18
TJBM-02-05-001

1- Battery 6- Fuse Box 1 13- Monitor Controller (Backup 17- Security Horn (Power)
2- Fusible Link 7- ECM Main Relay (Power) power) 18- Security Horn Relay (Power)
3- Glow Plug Relay (Power) 11- Horn Relay (Power) 14- Switch Panel 21- Option
4- Load Dump Relay 12- Wiper/Light Controller (Power) 15- Cab Light 22- MC (Power)
5- Key Switch 16- Radio (Backup Power)

T2-5-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1), and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level by potential
difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
Termination resistors (120 Ω) (17) are installed to both
ends of CAN bus (4).

T2-5-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2
1

3
4
2

5
3

TDAA-02-05-001

17 17 10
1

7
15

11
5

8 16

17

17

12 13 14

TDBC-02-01-001

1- CAN0 5- CAN1 10- Monitor Controller 14- Air Conditioner Unit


2- CAN-H(High) 7- ECM (Engine Controller) 11- MPDr. 15- Monitor Control Unit
3- CAN-L(Low) 8- MC (Main Controller) 12- Wiper/Light Controller 16- Information Control Unit
4- CAN Bus 9- Communication Controller 13- Radio 17- Termination Resistor (120 Ω)

T2-5-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Accessory Related Circuit (Key Switch: ACC)


1. When key switch (2) is set to the ACC position,
terminal B is connected to terminal ACC (3) in key
switch (2).
2. The circuit from terminal ACC (3) in key switch (2)
is connected as shown below and makes each
accessory operation possible.

Key Switch ACC Cut Relay (4) Fuse Box 1 (5) Terminal Wiper/Light Controller (9)
Terminal ACC #12 Radio (10)
(3) Terminal Cigar Lighter (7)
#13
Terminal Monitor Controller (6)
#14
Fuse Box 1 (5) Terminal Auxiliary (8)
#15

T2-5-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3
2

13 15 12 14 5

6
7
8

9
10

TJAG-02-05-003

1- Battery 4- ACC Cut Relay 7- Cigar Lighter 10- Radio


2- Key Switch 5- Fuse Box 1 8- Auxiliary
3- Terminal ACC 6- Monitor Controller 9- Wiper/Light Controller

T2-5-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)


1. When key switch (7) is set to START position (6),
terminal B is connected to terminals M (18) and ST
(9) in key switch (7).
2. Current from terminal M (18) excites battery relay (4)
through key switch ON cut relay (10). Current from
battery (1) is routed to terminal B of starter (2) and
terminal B of starter relay 1 (3) through battery relay
(4).
3. Current from terminal M (18) in key switch (7) flows
to fuse #17 through key switch ON cut relay (10).
4. Current from fuse #17 flows to GSM (11), monitor
controller (13), ECM (15), and MC (16) as a signal
indicating that key switch (7) is in the ON position or
START position (6).
5. When ECM (15) receives this signal, ECM (15) turns
ECM main relay (14) ON.
6. Current from battery (1) flows to ECM (15) through
fuse #8 and ECM main relay (14), and the ECM (15)
main power is turned ON.
7. ECM (15) controls the condition of the engine to be
able to start.
8. Current from terminal ST (9) flows to terminal S in
starter relay 1 (3) through starter cut relay (5).
9. Current flows to the coil in starter relay 1 (3) and
starter relay 1 (3) is turned ON.
10. Current flows to terminal S in starter (2) from
terminal C in starter relay 1 (3).
11. Consequently, the relay in starter (2) is turned ON so
that the starter motor rotates.

T2-5-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

18 9

7
6
10

11
4 5

2
B
8 17 12 13
S
C
B
S
3

14

16

15

TJBG-02-05-004

1- Battery 5- Starter Cut Relay 10- Key Switch ON Cut Relay 14- ECM Main Relay
2- Starter 6- START Position 11- GSM 15- ECM
3- Starter Relay 1 7- Key Switch 12- Fuse Box 1 16- MC
4- Battery Relay 9- Terminal ST 13- Monitor Controller 18- Terminal M

T2-5-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)


1. After the engine starts and key switch (4) is released,
key switch (4) is returned to the ON position.
2. Terminal B is connected to terminals ACC (5) and M
(6) in key switch (4) with key switch (4) set in the ON
position.
3. Alternator (7) starts generating electricity with
the engine running. Current from terminal B in
alternator (7) flows to batteries (1) through battery
relay (2) and charges batteries (1).
4. Current from terminal L in alternator (7) flows to
monitor controller (9) and GSM (8).
5. Monitor controller (9) detects the alternator (7)
generating electricity by the current from alternator
(7) and deletes the alternator alarm on the monitor.

T2-5-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

5 6
4

8 9

7
TJAA-02-05-004

1- Battery 4- Key Switch 7- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 5- Terminal ACC 8- GSM
3- ON Position 6- Terminal M 9- Monitor Controller

T2-5-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Alternator (5) Operation


 Alternator (5) consists of field coil FC, stator coil SC,  At the beginning, no current is flowing through field
and diodes D. coil FC. When the rotor starts rotating, alternate
 Regulator (6) consists of transistors T1 and T2, Zener current is generated in stator coil SC due to the rotor
diode ZD, and resistances R1 and R2. remain magnetism.
 Terminal M (4) in the key switch is connected to base  When current flows through field coil FC, the rotor
B of transistor T1 through R, RF, (R), and R1. is further magnetized and generating voltage
 When battery relay (2) is in the ON position, the increases. Then, current flowing through field coil
battery (1) voltage is applied to base B of transistor FC increases. Therefore, the generating voltage
T1 in regulator (6) so that collector C is connected increases further and battery (1) start charging.
to emitter E. Therefore, field coil FC is grounded
through transistor T1.

3 4 5 6

TDAA-02-05-004

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-5-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Regulator (6) Operation


 When generating voltage increases more than the  When generating voltage decreases lower than the
set voltage of Zener diode ZD, current flows to base set voltage of Zener diode ZD, transistor T2 is turned
B of transistor T2 and collector C is connected to OFF and transistor T1 is turned ON again.
emitter E.  Current flows through field coil FC and generating
 Current flowing to base B of transistor T1 disappears voltage at stator coil SC increases.
due to transistor T2 operation so that transistor T1 is The above operation is repeated so that alternator
turned OFF. (5) generating voltage is kept constant.
 No current flows through filed coil FC and generating
voltage at stator coil SC decreases.

3 4 5 6

SC

TDAA-02-05-003

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-5-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit


1. When the engine is stopped (key switch (4): OFF),
current from terminal M in key switch (4) disappears
and battery relay (2) is turned OFF.
2. The engine continues to rotate due to inertia force
just after key switch (4) is turned OFF and alternator
(5) continues to generate electricity.
3. As the generating current cannot flow to battery
(1), surge voltage arises in the circuit and failures of
the electronic components, such as the controller,
possibly cause. In order to prevent the occurrence
of surge voltage, the surge voltage prevention
circuit is provided.
4. When alternator (5) is generating electricity, the
generating current from alternator (5) terminal L
flows to terminal #A15 of monitor controller (6).
Monitor controller (6) connects terminal #D8 to the
ground.
5. Current flows to the exciting circuit in load dump
relay (3) and load dump relay (3) is turned ON.
6. Even if key switch (4) is set to the OFF position
with the engine running, current from battery (1)
continues to excite battery relay (2) through load
dump relay (3).
7. When a specified time has passed since alternator
(5) stops generating electricity, monitor controller
(6) disconnect terminal #D8 from the ground.
Battery relay (2) is turned OFF.

T2-5-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2 3

L
A15 D8

5
TJAA-02-05-005

1- Battery 3- Load Dump Relay 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller

T2-5-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key Switch: ON)


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, pilot shut-off switch (5) is turned ON.
2. Current from fuse #4 flows to the ground through
pilot shut-off relay (2) and pilot shut-off switch (5)
and pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited.
3. When pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited, the
ground circuit in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3)
is connected to the ground through pilot shut-off
relay (2) and security relay (10).
4. Pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3) is turned ON and
pressure oil from the pilot pump is supplied to the
pilot valve.

fNOTE: When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the


UNLOCK position, terminal #B10 in monitor controller
(12) is connected to the ground. Therefore, monitor
controller (12) recognizes that the pilot shut-off lever is in
the UNLOCK position and displays the image of the rear
view camera (rear view monitor) on the monitor.

 Neutral Engine Start Circuit


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the coil of starter cut relay (13) is
connected to the ground circuit.
2. Therefore, starter cut relay (13) is excited.
3. When starter cut relay (13) is excited, the circuit
between terminal ST (7) in key switch (6) and
terminal S of starter relay 1 (9) is disconnected.
4. When the pilot shut-off lever is in the UNLOCK
position, even if key switch (6) is set to the START
position, the starter does not rotate and the engine
does not start.

fNOTE: When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the


UNLOCK position, terminal #F13 of MC (11) is connected
to the ground. MC (11) recognizes that the pilot shut-off
lever is in the UNLOCK position.

T2-5-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

7
6

2 3 13 5

12

4 8

B10
S

10

F13

11

TJBG-02-05-005

1- Battery 5- Pilot Shut-Off Switch (Pilot 8- Fuse Box 1 12- Monitor Controller
2- Pilot Shut-Off Relay Shut-Off Lever) 9- Starter Relay 1 13- Starter Cut Relay
3- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 6- Key Switch 10- Security Relay
7- Terminal ST 11- MC

T2-5-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Auto Shut-Down Circuit


1. Current from terminal M (4) excites battery relay (2)
through key switch ON cut relay (6) with key switch
fNOTE: When restarting the engine, return the key
switch to the OFF or ACC position and then reset it to the
(3) set in the ON position. START position.
2. Current from terminal M (4) flows to the coils of
auto shut-down relay (7), ACC cut relay (5), and key
switch ON cut relay (6) through fuse #18.
3. When all following conditions exist, MC (11)
connects terminal #C5 to the ground inside. (Refer
to SYSTEM/Control System.)
4. Auto shut-down relay (7) is turned ON. ACC cut relay
(5) and key switch ON cut relay (6) are also turned
ON at the same time.
5. The current which indicates key switch (3) is in the
ON position, stops flowing from fuse #17 to terminal
#134 of ECM (10).
6. At the same time, battery relay (2) is turned OFF at
the same time.
7. This is the same situation when key switch (3) is
set to the OFF position. ECM (10) stops the fuel
injection of the injector and stops the engine.
8. When the engine stops, ECM (10) turns OFF ECM
main relay (9).

Condition:
 Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position
 Auto shut-down switch: ON
 Overheat alarm: OFF
 Coolant temperature: 100 °C or less
 Abnormal communication of ECM and monitor
controller: None

T2-5-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

4
3
5
6

8
17 18

C5

134 11

10

TJBG-02-05-006

1- Battery 4- Terminal M 7- Auto Shut-Down Relay 10- ECM


2- Battery Relay 5- ACC Cut Relay 8- Fuse Box 1 11- MC
3- Key Switch 6- Key Switch ON Cut Relay 9- ECM Main Relay

T2-5-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Engine Stop Circuit


1. When key switch (1) is set from the ON position to
OFF position, current from terminal M (3) in key
switch (1) stops flowing to terminal #134 of ECM (7).
2. ECM (7) stops the fuel injection of the injector and
stops the engine.
3. When the engine stops, ECM (7) turns OFF ECM
main relay (6). Then, ECM (7) is turned OFF.

Emergency Stop Circuit

When the engine does not stop due to some troubles


that the machine is failed or damaged with key switch 5 MDAA-01-290
(1) set in the OFF position, set engine stop switch (5)
to the ON position (lower position). Then, the engine
stops. After that, return engine stop switch (5) to the
OFF position (up).
dCAUTION: Do not use engine stop switch (5)
unless absolutely necessary. When the machine
1. If the engine does not stop after key switch (1) is set
to the OFF position, terminal B (2) continues to be stops due to the machine failure, do not start the
connected to terminal M (3) in key switch (1). machine until the repair is completed.

2. When engine stop switch (5) is set to the ON


position at this time, current from fuse #17 flows to
terminal #121 of ECM (7).
3. ECM (7) recognizes that engine stop switch (5) is in
the ON position. ECM (7) stops the fuel injection of
the injector and stops the engine.

fNOTE: Even if the starter rotates with engine stop


switch (5) set in the ON position, the engine does not
start.

T2-5-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2 3
1

4
17

121 134
7

TJBG-02-05-007

1- Key Switch 3- Terminal M 5- Engine Stop Switch 7- ECM


2- Terminal B 4- Fuse Box 1 6- ECM Main Relay

T2-5-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Monitor Circuit
The major functions and components in the monitor
circuit are as follows.

 The security circuit disconnects current for engine


starting from the key switch according to the signals
from the external alarm system or monitor controller.
At the same time, the security circuit turns OFF the
pilot shut-off solenoid valve and disconnects the
pilot circuit. The security circuit sounds the security
horn at this time.
(Monitor Controller, Security Relay, Security Horn
Relay)

 The radio circuit operates the radio.


(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Radio)

 The air conditioner circuit operates the air


conditioner.
(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Air Conditioner
Unit)

T2-5-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Security Circuit
1. When any one of the following condition exists,
monitor controller (6) connects terminals #D15 and
#D16 to the ground inside.
 External alarm signal from e-Service: Exist
 Numerical keypad password input error signal: Exist
2. Security horn relay (8), security relay (12), and
starter cut relay (2) are excited.
3. When security horn relay (8) is excited, current from
fuse #9 activates security horn (7).
4. When security relay (12) is excited, the ground
circuit in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is
disconnected and pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is
turned OFF.
5. Pressure oil which flows to the pilot valve from the
pilot pump is blocked by pilot shut-off solenoid
valve (1).
6. When starter cut relay (2) is excited, the circuit
between terminal ST (11) in key switch (3) and
terminal S of starter relay 1 (10) is disconnected.
7. Even if key switch (3) is set to the START position,
the engine does not start.

T2-5-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3 11

1 2

5
4 9 6

D16
S D15
7

8
12
10

TJBG-02-05-008

1- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 5- Fuse Box 1 8- Security Horn Relay 12- Security Relay
2- Starter Cut Relay 6- Monitor Controller 10- Starter Relay 1
3- Key Switch 7- Security Horn 11- Terminal ST

T2-5-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Radio Circuit
1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (7).
2. When the setting for radio (5) is adjusted on switch
panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor controller (7).
3. Monitor controller (7) sends the signal to radio
(5) by using CAN communication and radio (5) is
operated.

Air Conditioner Circuit


1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (7).
2. When the setting for air conditioner is adjusted
on switch panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor
controller (7).
3. Monitor controller (7) sends the signal to air
conditioner unit (6) by using CAN communication
and air conditioner unit (6) is operated.

T2-5-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

4
3 12 9 17 14

CAN1

6 TJAG-02-05-009

1- Monitor 4- Fuse Box 1 6- Air Conditioner Unit


2- Switch Panel 5- Radio 7- Monitor Controller

T2-5-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Accessory Circuit
The major functions and components in the accessory
circuit are as follows.

 The work light circuit turns on the work light and


boom light.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Work Light
Relay)

 The wiper circuit operates the wiper including


intermittent operation and the washer.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Wiper Relay,
Washer Relay)

 The cab light circuit turns on/off the cab light by


shifting the switch or by opening/closing the door.

T2-5-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Work Light Circuit


Work light (9): ON
1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 1 position,
current from fuse #17 flows to terminal #A6 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and 4
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
2. Therefore, work light relay 1 (8) is turned ON and
current from fuse #1 turns on work light (9).
3. Wiper/light controller (5) sends the signal TDC1-02-05-013
to monitor controller (3) by using the CAN
communication.
4. Monitor controller (3) displays operating condition
(16) of work light switch (4) on monitor (15). 15

16

MDAA-01-222

T2-5-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

15
11

1 17 29 22

14

12

13

A6
A2

10 5

9
8 TJAG-02-05-013

2- Switch Panel 6- Fuse Box 1 10- Boom Light 14- CAN1


3- Monitor Controller 7- Work Light Relay 2 11- Fuse Box 2 15- Monitor
4- Work Light Switch 8- Work Light Relay 1 12- Work Light Relay 3
5- Wiper/Light Controller 9- Work Light 13- Work Light (Cab)

T2-5-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Work Light (9) and Boom Light (10): ON


1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 2 position,
current from fuse #29 flows to terminal #A2 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2). 4

2. Current from fuse #17 flows to terminal #A6 of


wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2) and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
MDCD-01-029
3. Work light relay 1 (8) and work light relay 2 (7)
are turned ON and current from fuse #1 and fuse
#29 turn on work light (9) and boom light (10)
respectively.
4. Work light relay 3 (12) is turned ON by current from
fuse #29 and current from fuse #22 turns on work
light (cab) (13).
5. Wiper/light controller (5) sends the signal to 15
monitor controller (3) by using CAN communication.
6. Monitor controller (3) displays the operating
condition (16) of work light switch (4) on monitor
(15) and changes the monitor (15) screen to the
nighttime mode screen. 16

fNOTE: When the monitor (15) screen is the nighttime


mode screen, push 0 on the numerical keypad switch for
a few seconds so that the monitor (15) screen is changed
into the daytime mode screen. MDAA-01-222

T2-5-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

15
11

1 17 29 22

14

12

13

A6
A2

10 5

9
8 TJAG-02-05-010
2- Switch Panel 6- Fuse Box 1 10- Boom Light 14- CAN1
3- Monitor Controller 7- Work Light Relay 2 11- Fuse Box 2 15- Monitor
4- Work Light Switch 8- Work Light Relay 1 12- Work Light Relay 3
5- Wiper/Light Controller 9- Work Light 13- Work Light (Cab)

T2-5-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Wiper/Washer Circuit
Wiper Circuit
1. When wiper/washer switch (4) is set to the INT. b
position, the signals according to the set intervals c
are sent to wiper/light controller (5). a

2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #B9 to


the ground inside according to the input intervals.
3. Wiper relay (6) is turned ON  OFF repeatedly.
4. When wiper relay (6) is ON, current from fuse #2 4
flows to wiper motor (9) and the wiper is operated.
5. Wiper/light controller (5) sends the signal
to monitor controller (10) by using CAN TDC1-02-05-014
communication.
6. Monitor controller (10) displays the operating No. INT. Position Set Time
condition (11) of wiper/washer switch (4) on a Slow 8 seconds
monitor (3). b Middle 6 seconds
c Fast 3 seconds

Washer Circuit
1. While pushing wiper/washer switch (4), wiper/light
controller (5) receives the signals from wiper/washer
switch (4). 3
2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #A5 to
the ground inside and washer relay (7) is excited.
3. Current from fuse #2 flows to washer motor (8) and
washer liquid is jetted.
4. When pushing wiper/washer switch (4) for 1.4
seconds or more, wiper/light controller (5) turns ON
washer relay (7) and wiper relay (6). 11
5. The washer and wiper are operated at the same
time.
MDAA-01-222

T2-5-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

1 10

2 17

CAN1

B9
A5

6 5 4

8
TJAG-02-05-011

9
1- Fuse Box 1 5- Wiper/Light Controller 8- Washer Motor
3- Monitor 6- Wiper Relay 9- Wiper Motor
4- Wiper/Washer Switch 7- Washer Relay 10- Monitor Controller

T2-5-37
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Cab Light Circuit


Cab Light Switch (7): Door Interlocking Position (5) Cab Light Switch (7): ON Position (6)
(Key Switch: ON)
1. Wiper/light controller (4) connects terminal #B10 to
1. When cab light switch (7) is set to door interlocking the ground inside.
position (5), current from fuse #9 flows to terminal
2. When cab light switch (7) is set to the ON position
#A7 of wiper/light controller (4).
(6), current from fuse #9 flows to terminal #B10 of
2. When the cab door is closed, door open/close wiper/light controller (4).
switch (3) is turned ON and terminal #B18 of wiper/
3. Consequently, when cab light switch (7) is in ON
light controller (4) is connected to the ground.
position (6), cab light (8) is always turned on.
3. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is closed and disconnects terminal #A7 from
the ground. Consequently, cab light (8) is not turned
on.
4. When the cab door is opened, door open/close
switch (3) is turned OFF and terminal #B18 of wiper/
light controller (4) is disconnected from the ground.
5. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is open and connects terminal #A7 to the
ground inside for 30 seconds.
6. Current from fuse #9 flows to terminal #A7 of wiper/
light controller (4) and turns on cab light (8).
7. After the cab light (8) is turned on for 30 seconds or
when the cab door is closed, wiper/light controller
(4) disconnects terminal #A7 inside from the
ground.
8. Cab light (8) is tuned off.
9. Consequently, cab light switch (7) is in door
interlocking position (5), cab light (8) is turned on/
off by opening/closing the cab door.

fNOTE: In case the cab door is open and the key switch
is set to the ON position, the cab light (8) is not turned on
with cab light switch (7) set in door interlocking position
(5). When closing the cab door once and opening it
again, the cab light (8) can be turned on.

T2-5-38
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2
9

B18

B10
5 A7

8 7 6 4

TJAG-02-05-012

1- Key Switch 3- Door Open/Close Switch 5- Door Interlocking Position 7- Cab Light Switch
2- Fuse Box 1 4- Wiper/Light Controller 6- ON Position 8- Cab Light

T2-5-39
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-40
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 3

COMPONENT OPERATION
CONTENTS
Group 1 Pump Device Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Outline..................................................................................... T3-1-1 Outline..................................................................................... T3-6-1
Main Pump............................................................................. T3-1-2 Pilot Port.................................................................................. T3-6-2
Regulator................................................................................ T3-1-4 Shuttle Valve.......................................................................... T3-6-6
Pump Control Solenoid Valve........................................T3-1-12 Shockless Valve...................................................................T3-6-10
Fan Pump..............................................................................T3-1-14 Pump 1 and Pump 2 Flow Rate Control Valves.......T3-6-14
Fan Pump Flow Rate Control.........................................T3-1-16 Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool, Flow
Pilot Pump............................................................................T3-1-18 Combiner Valve Control Spool, Swing Parking
Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor....................................T3-1-18 Brake Release Spool....................................................T3-6-16
Pump Control Pressure Sensor.....................................T3-1-18
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Group 2 Swing Device Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve........................................... T3-7-1
Outline..................................................................................... T3-2-1 Solenoid Valve....................................................................... T3-7-3
Swing Reduction Gear....................................................... T3-2-2 Fan Motor............................................................................... T3-7-6
Swing Motor.......................................................................... T3-2-3 Fan Valve (Option)............................................................... T3-7-7
Swing Parking Brake........................................................... T3-2-4 Pilot Relief Valve.................................................................T3-7-13
Valve Unit................................................................................ T3-2-6 Shockless Valve...................................................................T3-7-14
Accumulator (Pilot Circuit).............................................T3-7-16
Group 3 Control Valve Distribution Valve..............................................................T3-7-17
Outline..................................................................................... T3-3-1
Hydraulic Circuit.................................................................T3-3-18 Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)
Flow Combiner Valve........................................................T3-3-24 Swing Bearing....................................................................... T3-8-1
Main Relief valve................................................................T3-3-26 Centerjoint............................................................................. T3-8-2
Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up Function).....T3-3-30 Track Adjuster........................................................................ T3-8-3
Boom Overload Relief Valve (Low Pressure) . ..........T3-3-36
Regenerative Valve............................................................T3-3-38
Anti-Drift Valve....................................................................T3-3-42
Flow Rate Control Valve...................................................T3-3-46
Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve...................................T3-3-54
Bypass Shut-Out Valve.....................................................T3-3-56
Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve.....................................T3-3-60
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Outline..................................................................................... T3-4-1
Operation (Front Attachment/Swing and Travel
Pilot Valves)....................................................................... T3-4-3
Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot Valve)......T3-4-11
Group 5 Travel Device
Outline..................................................................................... T3-5-1
Travel Reduction Gear........................................................ T3-5-2
Travel Motor........................................................................... T3-5-4
Parking Brake......................................................................... T3-5-6
Travel Brake Valve................................................................ T3-5-8
Overload Relief Valve........................................................T3-5-12
Travel Mode Control.........................................................T3-5-14

JAET-3-1
(Blank)

JAET-3-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Outline
The pump device consists of main pumps (pump 1 (5), The main pump is a swash plate type variable
pump 2 (8)), pilot pump (7), fan pump (9), solenoid valves, displacement axial plunger pump. Pump 1 (5) and pump
and sensors. 2 (8) are contained in one housing.
The engine output power is transmitted to transmission Pilot pump (7) is a gear pump.
via coupling. After being distributed by the gear, the Fan pump (9) is a swash plate type variable displacement
engine output power drives pump 1 (5), pump 2 (8), pilot axial plunger pump.
pump (7), and fan pump (9). Pump 1 control solenoid valve (4) and pump 2 control
solenoid valve (2) are installed in order to control the
pumps.
Pump delivery pressure sensors (6, 10) and pump control
pressure sensors (1, 3) are installed in order to control the
pumps and valves.
(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

8 1 2 3 4 5

10 9 7 6
TJAG-01-02-014A
A

A- Machine Front Side


1- Pump 2 Control Pressure 3- Pump 1 Control Pressure 6- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 9- Fan Pump
Sensor Sensor Sensor 10- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure
2- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 4- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 7- Pilot Pump Sensor
5- Pump 1 8- Pump 2

T3-1-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Main Pump
The main pump supplies pressure oil to actuate the
hydraulic components such as motors or cylinders. The
main pump consists of pump 1 and pump 2.
Shaft (3) is splined to cylinder block (5). Plungers (4) are
inserted into cylinder block (5). When shaft (3) Rotates
cylinder block (5), plungers (4) oscillate in cylinder block
(5) and hydraulic oil is drawn and delivered.
Each pump is equipped with regulator (1) which controls
the pump delivery flow rate.

1
2

7 4 5

TJAA-03-01-002

1- Regulator 3- Shaft 5- Cylinder Block 7- Swash Plate


2- Housing 4- Plunger 6- Valve Plate

T3-1-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Operational Principle Increasing and Decreasing Flow Rate


1. Engine rotation is transmitted to shaft (3). 1. Changing inclination of swash plate (7) causes
the plungers (4) stroke to increase or decrease
2. When shaft (3) rotates, both cylinder block (5) and
depending on the slant angle in order to control the
plunger (4) rotate.
main pump delivery flow rate.
3. Plunger (4) slides on swash plate (7).
2. Movement of servo piston (8) changes inclination of
4. Plungers (4) pump in the cylinder block (5) bore and swash plate (7).
draw/discharge hydraulic oil.

3
6

5
4
7

T142-02-01-001

3- Shaft 5- Cylinder Block 7- Swash Plate


4- Plunger 6- Valve Plate 8- Servo Piston

T3-1-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator
1 2 3
Regulator (3) controls the main pump flow rate in
response to the flow rate control pressure from pump
control solenoid valve (2) so that pump driving power
does not exceed the engine output power. Pump 1 and
pump 2 are equipped with regulator (3) for each.

Regulator (3) mainly consists of spring (4), sleeve (5),


spool (8), piston (6), and pump control solenoid valve (2).

According to the flow rate control pressure from pump


control solenoid valve (2), each regulator (3) opens or
closes the circuit to servo piston (1) and the inclination of
swash plate (9) is changed. Thus, the pump delivery flow
rate is controlled.

Pump delivery flow rate is controlled by increase and


decrease of flow rate control pressure by pump control 9
solenoid valve (2).
Own pump delivery pressure Pd acts on spool (8) via TJAA-03-01-002
check valve (12). Own pump delivery pressure is also
acting on the small chamber side of servo piston.
Pilot primary pressure Psv from pilot pump (14) is reduced
by the operation of pump control solenoid valve (2) and
acts on piston (6) as a flow rate control pressure.
Also, pilot primary pressure Psv is routed through check
valve (7) and is combined with own pump delivery
pressure Pd.

T3-1-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

8 2

7 12
Psv 3
2 4
7
Dr Pd
Pi 1
6
6 4
10 5
8 11
13 10 12
a b
11
5 1
14 15
TJAA-03-01-003 13

TJAA-03-01-008

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure b- Displacement Angle Decrease
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure

1- Servo Piston 5- Sleeve 9- Swash Plate 13- Link


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 6- Piston 10- Pin 14- Pilot Pump
3- Regulator 7- Check Valve 11- Pin 15- Main Pump
4- Spring 8- Spool 12- Check Valve

T3-1-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Minimum Flow Rate (Pump Control Solenoid Valve:


OFF) Q
1. When pump control solenoid valve (2) is OFF, spool
(8) is pushed to the left by the spring (4) force.
2. Own pump delivery pressure Pd acts on the large
chamber side of servo piston (1) via check valve
(12), sleeve (5), and spool (8).
3. Own pump delivery pressure Pd is always acting on
the small chamber side of servo piston (1). However,
servo piston (1) moves to the right due to area
difference. 0 Pi
4. When servo piston (1) moves, link (13) rotates Q- Flow Rate Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
counterclockwise around pin (11).
5. As the end of link (13) is connected to sleeve (5) Psv Dr
with pin (10), sleeve (5) moves to the left.
6. Servo piston (1) moves until the open part between 2
sleeve (5) and spool (8) is closed and stops when the Pi 12
open part is completely closed.
Pd
6
7. According to these motions, the pump 4
displacement angle and delivery flow rate is
minimized. 8 10
11
5
13

a b

14 1 15
TJAA-03-01-005

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure


Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure Decrease

1- Servo Piston 11- Pin


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 12- Check Valve
4- Spring 13- Link
5- Sleeve 14- Pilot Pump
8- Spool 15- Main Pump
10- Pin

T3-1-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

7 8 2 Dr

Psv 10 11 4

Pi

Pd

12

13 1
14 15
TJAA-03-01-007

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
Tank

1- Servo Piston 6- Piston 11- Pin 15- Main Pump


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 7- Check Valve 12- Check Valve
4- Spring 8- Spool 13- Link
5- Sleeve 10- Pin 14- Pilot Pump

T3-1-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Increase of Flow Rate (Pump Control Solenoid Valve:


ON (Pressure Increase)) Q
1. According to the signal from MC, the pump control
solenoid valve (2) controls to increase the flow rate
control pressure Pi.
2. Piston (6) moves spool (8) to the position where the
flow rate control pressure Pi and the spring (4) force
are balanced.
3. When spool (8) moves, the large chamber side of
servo piston (1) connects to the hydraulic oil tank
through the inside of spool (8). 0 Pi
4. As own pump delivery pressure Pd is always acting Q- Flow Rate Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
on the small chamber side of servo piston (1), servo
piston (1) moves to the left and pressure oil at the
large chamber side returns to the hydraulic oil tank.
Psv Dr
5. When servo piston (1) moves, link (13) rotates
clockwise around pin (11). 2
6. As the end of link (13) is connected to sleeve (5) Pi 12
with pin (10), sleeve (5) moves to the right. 6 Pd
4
7. Servo piston (1) moves until the open part between
sleeve (5) and spool (8) is closed and stops when the
8 10
open part is completely closed. 11
5
8. According to these motions, the pump 13
displacement angle and delivery flow rate is
increased. Also, increase rate of the delivery flow a b
rate is proportionate to the increase rate of flow rate
14 1 15
control pressure Pi.
TJAA-03-01-004

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure


Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure Decrease

1- Servo Piston 10- Pin


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 11- Pin
4- Spring 12- Check Valve
5- Sleeve 13- Link
6- Piston 14- Pilot Pump
8- Spool 15- Main Pump

T3-1-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

7 8 5 2 Dr

Psv 10
11

Pi

Pd

12

13 1
14 15
TJAA-03-01-006

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
Tank

1- Servo Piston 6- Piston 11- Pin 15- Main Pump


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 7- Check Valve 12- Check Valve
4- Spring 8- Spool 13- Link
5- Sleeve 10- Pin 14- Pilot Pump

T3-1-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Decrease of Flow Rate (Pump Control Solenoid Valve:


ON (Pressure Decrease) Q
1. According to the signal from MC, the pump control
solenoid valve (2) controls to decrease the flow rate
control pressure Pi.
2. Spool (8) returns to the position where the spring
(4) force is balanced.
3. Pressure oil applied to piston (6) returns to the
hydraulic oil tank via pump control solenoid valve
(2).
0 Pi
4. When spool (8) moves, own pump delivery pressure
Pd acts on the large chamber side of servo piston (1) Q- Flow Rate Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
via check valve (12), sleeve (5), and spool (8).
5. Own pump delivery pressure Pd is always acting on Psv Dr
the small chamber side of servo piston (1). However,
servo piston (1) moves to the right due to area
2
difference.
Pi 12
6. When servo piston (1) moves to the right, link (13)
Pd
rotates counterclockwise around pin (11). 6
4
7. As the end of link (13) is connected to sleeve (5)
with pin (10), sleeve (5) moves to the left. 8 10
11
8. Servo piston (1) moves until the open part between 5
13
sleeve (5) and spool (8) is closed and stops when the
open part is completely closed. a b
9. According to these motions, the pump 14 1 15
displacement angle and delivery flow rate is
TJAA-03-01-005
decreased. Also, decrease rate of the delivery flow
rate is proportionate to the decrease rate of flow
rate control pressure Pi. Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure Decrease

1- Servo Piston 10- Pin


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 11- Pin
4- Spring 12- Check Valve
5- Sleeve 13- Link
6- Piston 14- Pilot Pump
8- Spool 15- Main Pump

T3-1-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

7 8 2 Dr

Psv 10 11 4

Pi

Pd

12

13 1
14 15
TJAA-03-01-007

Pd- Pump Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Psv- Primary Pilot Pressure Pi- Flow Rate Control Pressure
Tank

1- Servo Piston 6- Piston 11- Pin 15- Main Pump


2- Pump Control Solenoid Valve 7- Check Valve 12- Check Valve
4- Spring 8- Spool 13- Link
5- Sleeve 10- Pin 14- Pilot Pump

T3-1-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pump Control Solenoid Valve


The pump control solenoid valve is provided on the
regulator of the main pump.
According to the signal from MC, the pump control
solenoid valve controls the flow rate control pressure Pi
that acts on the regulator, and increase or decrease the
pump delivery flow rate.

Operation
 In Neutral
1. Port P (5) and output port (4) are closed by spool (3).
2. Output port (4) and port T (8) are connected
through the open part of spool (3).
 In Operation
1. When solenoid (7) receives a signal from MC, it is
activated and pushes piston (6).
2. Piston (6) shifts spool (3), port P (5) and output port
(4) are connected through the open part of spool
(3).
3. Therefore, pressure at output port (4) begins to
increase.
4. The left and right side diameter of the open part of
spool (3), B is larger than A.
5. Therefore, when pressure at output port (4) begins
to increase, spool (3) is move to the left due to the
force as Fsol(9)+P1×A+S1>P1×B+S2.
6. When pressure at output port (4)
increases and the following formula exists,
Fsol(9)+P1×A+S1=P1×B+S2, spool (3) is stopped.

P1: Pressure at Output Port (4)


A,B: Pressure Receiving Area on Spool (3)
S1: Spring 1 (1) Force
(Force pushing spool (3) to the left)
S2: Spring 2 (2) Force
(Force returning spool (3) to the right)
Fsol: Solenoid (7) Force

T3-1-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Neutral state:

2 1 7

6
5 4 8
T1J1-03-01-032

Operating state:
2 1 7

A B

5 4 8 9 6
T1J1-03-01-033

1- Spring 1 4- Output Port 7- Solenoid


2- Spring 2 5- Port P 8- Port T
3- Spool 6- Piston 9- Fsol

T3-1-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Fan Pump
The fan pump supplies pressure oil to run the fan motor.
Shaft (3) is splined to cylinder block (5). Plungers (4) are
inserted into cylinder block (5). When shaft (3) Rotates
cylinder block (5), plungers (4) oscillate in cylinder block
(5) and hydraulic oil is drawn and delivered.

6
3

1
4 TJAA-03-01-009

1- Swash Plate 3- Shaft 5- Cylinder Block


2- Housing 4- Plunger 6- Valve Plate

T3-1-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Operational Principle Increasing and Decreasing Flow Rate


1. Engine rotation is transmitted to shaft (3). 1. Changing inclination of swash plate (1) causes
the plungers (4) stroke to increase or decrease
2. When shaft (3) rotates, both cylinder block (5) and
depending on the slant angle in order to control the
plunger (4) rotate.
fan pump delivery flow rate.
3. Plunger (4) slides on swash plate (1).
2. Displacement angle of swash plate (1) is changed by
4. Plungers (4) pump in the cylinder block (5) bore and the own delivery pressure of the fan pump and pilot
draw/discharge hydraulic oil. pressure from the fan pump control solenoid valve.

6
3

1
4 TJAA-03-01-009

1- Swash Plate 3- Shaft 5- Cylinder Block


2- Housing 4- Plunger 6- Valve Plate

T3-1-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Fan Pump Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
The fan pump flow rate control controls the pump
delivery flow rate in response to the pilot pressure from
the fan pump control solenoid valve.

Operation:
1. Pilot pressure PP from the fan pump control
solenoid valve acts on spool (7) through port Pp.
2. Pilot pressure PP moves spool (7) to the left, spool
(7) pushes spring guide (8) of feed back piston (10)
to the left.
3. Therefore, port PA and passage (6) are connected.
4. Pressure oil PS from the pilot pump flows through
port PA, passage (6) and routed to control piston (5).
5. Control piston (5) moves to the left by pilot pressure
PS, and pushes swash plate (3).
6. The swash plate (3) is tilted until the control piston
(5) force balances with the sum of feedback piston
(10) force and pushing force of the swash plate (3)
by plungers (11).
7. Therefore, delivery flow rate of the fan pump
increases and decreases.

T3-1-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

11 3 9 7
PS
PA

PP
6
PA

5 6
TJAA-03-01-012
Pp
3 11 10 9 8 7
TJAA-03-01-010

PA- Port PA PP- Pilot Pressure from Fan Pump PS- Pilot Pressure from Pilot Pump
Pp- Port PP Control Solenoid Valve

3- Swash Plate 6- Passage 8- Spring Guide 10- Feedback Piston


5- Control Piston 7- Spool 9- Spring 11- Plunger

T3-1-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pilot Pump 2 1

The pilot pump is a gear pump. Drive gear (1) is driven by a


the engine via the transmission, which rotates driven gear
(2) as they are meshed together.
1- Drive Gear 2- Driven Gear

T137-02-03-005
a- Suction Port b- Delivery Port
Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor
The pump delivery pressure sensor detects the pump
delivery pressure, which is used in order to control various
operations. When oil pressure is applied to diaphragm
(6), diaphragm (6) is deformed. The deformation of
diaphragm (6) is detected as electrical signals.

3- Ground 5- Power Source (5 V)


4- Output 6- Pressure Receiving Area T157-02-03-010
(Diaphragm)
3 4 5 6

Pump Control Pressure Sensor


The pump control pressure sensor detects the pump
control pressure, which is used in order to control various
operations. When oil pressure is applied to diaphragm
(7), diaphragm (7) is deformed. The deformation of
diaphragm (7) is detected as electrical signals.

7- Pressure Receiving Area


(Diaphragm)
8- Ground 7 8 9 10
9- Output
T176-03-01-023
10- Power Source (5 V)

T3-1-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Outline
The swing device consists of valve unit (1), swing motor
(2), and swing reduction gear (3).
Valve unit (1) prevents the cavitation and the overload in
the swing circuit.
Swing motor (2) is a swash plate type axial plunger
motor (with built-in swing parking brake), which is
driven by pressure oil from the pump, and the rotation is
transmitted to swing reduction gear (3).
Swing reduction gear (3) converts swing motor (2) output
into slow large torque to rotate the shaft. Therefore, the
upperstructure is swing.

T16J-03-02-001

1- Valve Unit 2- Swing Motor 3- Swing Reduction Gear

T3-2-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Reduction Gear


The swing reduction gear is a two-stage planetary Shaft (6) is engaged with the internal gear of the swing
reduction gear. bearing which is fixed to the undercarriage and swings
Ring gear (4) is installed to housing (11) and is fixed to the the upperstructure.
upperstructure.
Shaft (2) in swing motor (1) rotates first stage sun gear
(10), whose rotating torque is transmitted to second stage
sun gear (8) through first stage planetary gears (3) and
first stage carrier (9).
Second stage sun gear (8) rotates shaft (6) through
second stage planetary gears (5) and second stage carrier
(7).

2
10
3
9
4
8
5
7

11

T16J-03-02-002

1- Swing Motor 4- Ring Gear 7- Second Stage Carrier 10- First Stage Sun Gear
2- Shaft (Swing Motor) 5- Second Stage Planetary Gear 8- Second Stage Sun Gear 11- Housing
3- First Stage Planetary Gear 6- Shaft 9- First Stage Carrier

T3-2-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Motor
The swing motor consists of swash plate (9), rotor (12), When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plungers (6)
plungers (6), valve plate (13), housing (11), and swing are pushed. As swash plate (9) is inclined, shoes (10) on
parking brake (14) (springs (1), brake piston (2), plates (3), the ends of plungers (6) slide along swash plate (9) and
friction plates (5), and swing parking brake selection valve the rotor (12) rotates.
(4)). The end of shaft (8) is splined to the first stage sun gear of
Shaft (8) is splined to rotor (12). Plungers (6) are inserted swing reduction gear. Therefore, the rotation of shaft (8) is
into rotor (12). transmitted to the swing reduction gear.

1
13
2

12 4
14
3
11

10
5
9 6

8
T178-03-02-002

1- Spring 4- Swing Parking Brake Selection 7- Retainer 11- Housing


2- Brake Piston Valve 8- Shaft 12- Rotor
3- Plate 5- Friction Plate 9- Swash Plate 13- Valve Plate
6- Plunger 10- Shoe 14- Swing Parking Brake

T3-2-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Parking Brake


The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. When the brake release
pressure is routed to brake piston chamber (6), the brake
is released.
The brake release pressure is supplied from the pilot
pump only when either swing or front attachment is
operated.
In other cases (including engine stopping), brake piston
chamber (6) is connected to the hydraulic oil tank, and
the brake is automatically applied by springs (1).

When brake is released When brake is applied


1. When the swing or front attachment control lever 1. When the swing or front attachment control lever
is operated, the swing parking brake release spool is returned to neutral, the swing parking brake
in the signal control valve is shifted. Pilot pressure release spool in the signal control valve is returned
from the pilot pump is supplied to port SH (5). to neutral and pilot pressure supplied to port SH (5)
is not supplied.
2. Pilot pressure supplied to port SH (5) opens check
valve (4) and acts on brake piston chamber (6). 2. Check valve (4) is closed and the brake release
pressure is released to the swing motor housing
3. Consequently, as brake piston (2) is pushed up plate
through orifice (3).
(8) and friction plate (7) are freed, and the brake is
released. 3. Consequently, the force of springs (1) act on friction
plates (7) engaging on the outer circumference
of rotor (9) and plates (8) engaging on the inner
circumference of the motor housing via brake
piston (2). Consequently, the friction force occurs
and the rotor (9) outer circumference is secured.
When the engine stops, the brake is automatically
applied as pressure is not supplied to port SH (5).

T3-2-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

3
10
4

8 5

6
7

9 TJAE-03-02-001

1- Spring 4- Check Valve 6- Brake Piston Chamber 9- Rotor


2- Brake Piston 5- Port SH (Brake Release 7- Friction Plate 10- Swing Parking Brake Selection
3- Orifice Pressure) 8- Plate Valve

T3-2-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Valve Unit
Valve unit (6) consists of make-up valves (2) and relief
valves (3).
Make-up valve (2) prevents cavitation in the circuit from
occurring. Relief valve (3) prevents surge pressure in the
circuit from occurring and protects the circuit from being
overloaded. 3

Make-Up Valve
During swing stopping operation, the swing motor is
driven by inertial force of the upperstructure. As the 2
swing motor is turned forcibly in excess of oil flow rate
from the pump, cavitation occurs in the motor.
In order to avoid this cavitation, when the swing circuit 1
pressure becomes lower than pressure in the returning
circuit (port M (1)), poppet (5) is opened, hydraulic oil is
drawn, and the lack of oil feed is compensated. 4

T1J1-03-02-001

2 2

T178-03-02-004

1- Port M 3- Relief Valve 5- Poppet


2- Make-Up Valve 4- Control Valve 6- Valve Unit

T3-2-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Relief Valve
When starting or stopping swing operation, the swing
circuit pressure becomes high. The relief valve prevents
the circuit pressure from rising higher than the set
pressure.

 Low-Pressure Relief Operation (Shockless Function):  High-Pressure Relief Operation (Overload Prevention):
1. Pressure at port HP (swing circuit) is routed to oil 1. After piston (6) reaches the stroke end, the circuit
chamber C (9) through orifice (2) in poppet (1). pressure becomes the normal relief set pressure.
2. Pressure oil in chamber C (9) flows to oil chamber A 2. When pressure at port HP increases further and is
(8) through passage A (4) and flows to oil chamber B beyond the spring (3) set pressure, poppet (1) is
(7) through passage B (5). opened and pressure oil flows to port LP.
3. As the pressure receiving area in oil chamber B 3. When pressure at port HP is decreased to the
(7) is larger than the pressure receiving area in oil specified level, poppet (1) is closed by the spring (3)
chamber A (8), piston (6) moves to the left. force.
4. As long as piston (6) keeps moving, a pressure
difference is developed between the front and rear
of orifice (2) due to orifice (2). When this pressure
difference is increased beyond the spring (3) force,
poppet (1) is opened and pressure oil flows to port
LP.
5. When piston (6) reaches the stroke end, the
pressure difference between the front and rear of
orifice (2) disappears and poppet (1) is closed.

1 2 3 4 5 6

HP

LP

9 8 7
T178-03-02-005

HP - Port HP (Swing Circuit) LP - Port LP (Returning Circuit)

1- Poppet 4- Passage A 7- Oil Chamber B


2- Orifice 5- Passage B 8- Oil Chamber A
3- Spring 6- Piston 9- Oil Chamber C

T3-2-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

(Blank)

T3-2-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Outline
The control valve controls the pressure, flow rate, and The spool arrangements at the A-side block is: travel
flow direction in the hydraulic circuit. (right) (2), bucket (3), boom 1 (4), arm 2 (5) in this order
The control valve consists of the main relief valve, from the front side, and at the B-side block is: travel (left)
overload relief valve, flow combiner valve, anti-drift valve, (10) auxiliary (9), boom 2 (8), arm 1 (7), and swing (6) in
flow rate control valve, regenerative valve, boom lower this order from the front side.
meter-in cut valve, bypass shut-out valve, and spools. The
spools are operated by pilot oil pressure.

Control Valve

6
7
8
9
10

1
5
a
4

b
3

A TJAA-03-03-001

a- Machine Upper Side b- Machine Front Side

1- Main Relief valve 4- Boom 1 7- Arm 1 10- Travel (Left)


2- Travel (Right) 5- Arm 2 8- Boom 2
3- Bucket 6- Swing 9- Auxiliary

T3-3-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

A Side

23 21 24, 25 27 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 20 26 29

g c a

14
13
11
7

d 6 10 8 9 TJAG-03-03-002

b
a- Machine Upper Side c- Machine Lower Side d- Arm Roll-In Pressure Sensor g- Bucket Roll-In Pressure Sensor
b- Machine Front Side Connecting Position Connecting Position

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

B Side

37 40 41, 42 33, 34 35, 36 40 31

a c

44 1 50 46, 47 49 52 2 39 45 48
TJAA-03-03-007

b
a- Machine Upper Side c- Machine Lower Side e- Boom Lower Pressure Sensor
b- Machine Front Side Connecting Position

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

A B Section A-A

28

C
C
D
D
E c a
E
F

F
G 12
G
H
H

6 9
b
A B
J TJAA-03-03-008 TJAA-03-03-041

a- Machine Upper Side b- Machine Front Side c- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section B-B Section C-C

i
26 37 40

33
a c

27 34

TJAA-03-03-010 TJAA-03-03-011
b
a- Machine Upper Side b- Machine Front Side c- Machine Lower Side i- Swing

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section D-D Section E-E

j 29 k 42 41 18 19 l 44 m 46

20

47

24 38

25

28

23 32 40 36 35 17 16 21 39 45
TJAA-03-03-042 TJAA-03-03-013

a- Machine Upper Side j- Arm 2 l- Boom 1


c- Machine Lower Side k- Arm 1 m- Boom 2

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section F-F Section G-G

n 11 o 50 p 1 q
13

10 52

12

14 48 49
TJAA-03-03-014 TJAA-03-03-015

a- Machine Upper Side n- Bucket p- Travel (Right)


c- Machine Lower Side o- Auxiliary q- Travel (Left)

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section H-H

7 6 2
TJAA-03-03-016

a- Machine Upper Side c- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

c a a c
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

52

10

11
51
12
50
49 13
48 14

47
46 15
45 16
17

44
43
18
42 19
41 20

40
21
39
38 22

37
23
36
24
35
25
26

31 30
34 33 32 29 28 27

TJAG-03-03-001
54 53

T3-3-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

View J Section I-I

TJAA-03-03-017 T450-03-03-008

a- Machine Upper Side c- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 16- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 42- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
Parallel Circuit) (Poppet Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Check Valve)
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B side) 17- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 43- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
3- Check Valve (Bucket Flow Valve (Selector Valve) Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) 18- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Boost Check Valve (Boom
4- Check Valve (Bucket Flow (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Back Pressure
Combiner Circuit) 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 33- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
5- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) (Selector Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2:
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1: 34- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side)
6- Flow Combiner Valve Bottom Side) (Poppet Valve) 46- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
7- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 21- Overload Relief Valve (Low 35- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
Circuit) Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod Side) (Selector Valve) 47- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
8- Check Valve (Main Relief 22- Boom Overload Relief Selector 36- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) 48- Overload Relief Valve
9- Main Relief valve 23- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 37- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 (Auxiliary)
10- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit) Tandem Circuit) 49- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Parallel Circuit) 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 Tandem Circuit)
11- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 50- Overload Relief Valve
12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 25- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 39- Check Valve (Boom 2 (Auxiliary)
13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: (Poppet Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 51- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary
Rod Side) 26- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: Parallel Circuit)
14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 27- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A side) Bottom Side) 52- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left)
Bottom Side) 28- Arm Regenerative Valve 41- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve Tandem Circuit)
15- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 29- Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (Selector Valve) 53- Pump 1
(Selector Valve) 54- Pump 2

T3-3-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Hydraulic Circuit
Main Circuit
Pressure oil from pump 1 (15) flows to each spool of
travel (right) (4), bucket (6), boom 1 (9), and arm 2 (13)
at the 4-spool side of control valve.
Pressure oil from pump 2 (16) flows to each spool of
swing (19), arm 1 (21), boom 2 (24), auxiliary (26), and
travel (left) (28) at the 5-spool side of control valve.

Parallel circuits (1, 18) are provided in each main


circuit of pump 1 (15) and pump 2 (16), and make the
combined operation possible.
The flow combiner circuits (14, 17) are provided in both
boom and arm circuits, and pressure oils from pump 1
(15) and pump 2 (16) are combined when performing a
single operation.

The main relief valve (2) is provided in the main circuit


(between pump and actuator).
Main relief valve (2) prevents the pressure in the main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the spool
is operated (when the control lever is operated).
The overload relief valves (7, 10, 22, 25, 27) are provided
in the actuator circuits (between the control valve and
the actuator) of boom, arm, bucket, and auxiliary.
The overload relief valves (7, 10, 22, 25, 27) prevent
surge pressure caused by external force in the actuator
circuit which does not to exceed the set pressure when
the spool is in neutral (with the control lever set in
neutral).

Boom overload relief valve (low pressure) (11) is


provided in the boom lower side circuit.
Boom overload relief valve (low pressure) (11)
reduces the machine body vibration while digging
or level operation (during boom lower operation) by
decreasing the relief set pressure of the boom lower
circuit.

T3-3-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3
30 1 2

29

5
28
6
7
27
8
23
26
25

24
9

20 22

21

10
11
19
12

13

18 17 14

TJAG-03-03-003
16 15

1- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 9- Boom 1 Spool 15- Pump 1 23- Arm Cylinder
2- Main Relief valve 10- Overload Relief Valve 16- Pump 2 24- Boom 2 Spool
3- Travel Motor (Right) 11- Boom Overload Relief Valve 17- Flow Combiner Circuit (Arm) 25- Overload Relief Valve
4- Travel (Right) Spool (Low Pressure) 18- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 26- Auxiliary Spool
5- Bucket Cylinder 12- Boom Overload Relief Valve 19- Swing Spool 27- Overload Relief Valve
6- Bucket Spool Selector Valve 20- Swing Motor 28- Travel (Left) Spool
7- Overload Relief Valve 13- Arm 2 Spool 21- Arm 1 Spool 29- Attachment
8- Boom Cylinder 14- Flow Combiner Circuit (Boom) 22- Overload Relief Valve 30- Travel Motor (Left)

T3-3-19
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit


Pressure oil (1 to 14) from the pilot valve are routed to
the spools in the control valve and move the spools.
In the following operations, pressure oil moves the
spool and acts on the selector valves as follows.

 When performing boom lower (2) operation,


pressure oil moves the boom 1 spool and the
divided pressure oil flows to the boom lower meter-
in cut valve (b) and shifts bypass shut-out valve (c).

Air bleed circuit (a) is located in the upper of control


valve and bleeds air automatically.

T3-3-20
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit

12
9
11
10
7
13
8
14 a
a b

2
2
1
3

4
5
3
6

TJAG-03-03-004

a- Air Bleed Circuit b- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut c- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Valve

1- Boom Raise 5- Swing (Left) 9- Travel (Left Forward) 13- Auxiliary


2- Boom Lower 6- Swing (Right) 10- Travel (Left Reverse) 14- Auxiliary
3- Arm Roll-Out 7- Bucket Roll-In 11- Travel (Right Forward)
4- Arm Roll-In 8- Bucket Roll-Out 12- Travel (Right Reverse)

T3-3-21
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit


 Pressure in main relief valve (3) is increased by pilot
pressure (a) from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SI).
 The arm 2 flow rate control valve (8) is shifted by
pilot pressure (c) from 4-spool solenoid valve unit
(SG).
 Bypass shut-out valve (1) is shifted by pilot pressure
(g) from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SF).
 The swing flow rate control valve (9) is shifted by
pilot pressure (d) from 2-spool solenoid valve unit
(SI).
 The boom overload relief valve selector valve (7) is
shifted by pilot pressure (b) from 2-spool solenoid
valve unit (SC).
 Flow combiner valve (2) is shifted by pilot pressure
(h) from the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
 Arm 1 spool (11) is shifted when performing arm roll-
in operation, pressure oil from the pilot pump acts
on arm anti-drift valve (12), then arm anti-drift valve
lock is released.
 Arm 1 spool (11) and boom 1 spool (4) are shifted
when performing combined operation of arm roll-in
and boom lower, pressure oil from the pilot pump
acts on arm anti-drift valve (12), boom 1 anti-drift
valve (5) and boom 2 anti-drift valve (13). Arm anti-
drift valve (14), boom 1 anti-drift valve (5), and boom
2 anti-drift valve (13) are released.

T3-3-22
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit


1 2 3
h

a
g

13

5
12
6
11
f
10
b
e
c

d 8

TJAG-03-03-005

a- Pilot Pressure from 4-spool c- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool e- Pilot Pressure from Arm Flow g- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool
Solenoid Valve Unit (SI) Solenoid Valve Unit (SG) Rate Control Valve Control Solenoid Valve Unit (SF)
b- Pilot Pressure from 2-Spool d- Pilot Pressure from 2-spool Spool in Signal Control Valve h- Pilot Pressure from Flow
Solenoid Valve Unit (SC) Solenoid Valve Unit (SI) f- Pilot Pressure from Pilot Pump Combiner Valve Control Spool
in Signal Control Valve

1- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 7- Boom Overload Relief Valve 10- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Flow Combiner Valve 6- Overload Relief Valve (Low Selector Valve 11- Arm 1 Spool
3- Main Relief valve Pressure) (Boom: Rod Side) 8- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 12- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve
4- Boom 1 Spool 9- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 13- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve

T3-3-23
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Combiner Valve

fNOTE: The combined operation of travel and boom


raise is explained here. b
pH
1. When performing combined operation of boom
raise and travel, pilot pressure shifts travel (right)
spool (5), travel (left) spool (4), boom 1 spool (7), 1
and boom 2 spool (11).
2. At the same time, the travel (right) pilot pressure
a
shifts the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump acts on spool (1) c
through the flow combiner valve control spool and
port pH of the flow combiner valve.
4. When pilot pressure (b) from the flow combiner d
valve control spool increases beyond the spring (2)
force, spool (1) compresses spring (2) and moves
downward.
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows to travel (right)
spool (5).
6. At the same time, pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows
to travel (left) spool (4) through spool (1). 2

7. Pressure oil from pump 2 (10) flows to boom


cylinder (8) through boom 2 spool (11) and moves
the boom. T450-03-03-035

8. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 (9) is a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 (10) c- To Travel (Left) Spool (4)
b- Pilot Pressure from Flow d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
equally supplied to both left and right travel
Combiner Valve Control
motors, and the machine can travel straight. Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 2- Spring

T3-3-24
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3 4 1 5 6

PH

8
11 7

TJAA-02-04-021
10 9

b- Pilot Pressure from Flow


Combiner Valve Control Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 4- Travel (Left) Spool 7- Boom 1 Spool 10- Pump 2
2- Spring 5- Travel (Right) Spool 8- Boom Cylinder 11- Boom 2 Spool
3- Travel Motor (Left) 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 1

T3-3-25
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Main Relief valve


The main relief valve prevents the pressure in the main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the actuator
such as the motor or the cylinder is operated.
Therefore, oil leak from hose and pipe joints and breakage
of the actuator are prevented.

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (main circuit) acts on pilot
poppet (8) through orifice A (2) in main poppet (1)
and orifice B (3) in seat (4).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened. Pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of sleeve (11) and flows to port LP
(hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference is caused between
port HP and the spring chamber (10) due to orifice
A (2).
4. When the force generated by this pressure
difference reaches the set pressure of spring A (9),
main poppet (1) is opened and pressure oil from
port HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the main circuit pressure decreases.
6. When the main circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, main poppet (1) is closed by the
force of spring A (9). Pilot poppet (8) is also closed
by the force of spring B (6).

T3-3-26
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Normal Operation:

1 11 3 4 8 6 7

HP

10 LP 9 5
TJAA-03-03-002

When Performing Relief Operation:

2 11 1 3 4 8 6 7

HP

LP
10 9 5 T450-03-03-031

HP- Main Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Main Poppet 4- Seat 7- Piston 10- Spring Chamber


2- Orifice A 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet 11- Sleeve
3- Orifice B 6- Spring B 9- Spring A

T3-3-27
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pressure Increasing Operation


1. When performing pressure increasing operation,
pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve (SI) acts
on port (PF) and spring B (6) is compressed by
piston (7).
2. The force of spring B (6) becomes strong.
3. Consecuently, as pressure required in order to open
pilot poppet (8) is increased, the relief set pressure
is increased.

T3-3-28
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Pressure Increasing Operation:

8 6 7

HP

LP PF
TJAA-03-03-003

HP- Main Circuit PF- Pilot Pressure from 4-spool


LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SI)

6- Spring B 7- Piston 8- Pilot Poppet

T3-3-29
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up


Function)
The overload relief valve is provided in the boom, arm,
bucket, and auxiliary circuits.
The overload relief valve prevents the pressure in each
actuator circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the
actuators are moved by external force.
In addition, when the actuator circuit pressure is reduced,
the overload relief valve draws the hydraulic oil from
the hydraulic oil tank and prevents the occurrence of
cavitation (make-up function).

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (actuator circuit) acts on pilot
poppet (8) through orifice (1) of piston (10).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the outer
circumference of main poppet (2), and flows to port
LP (hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference occurs between
port HP and spring chamber (9) due to orifice (1).
4. When the force generated by this pressure
difference reaches the set pressure of spring A (4),
piston (10) and main poppet (2) are opened and
pressure oil from port HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the actuator circuit pressure
decreases.
6. When the actuator circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, piston (10) and main poppet (2) are
closed by the force of spring A (4). Pilot poppet (8) is
also closed by the force of spring B (6).

T3-3-30
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Normal Operation:

1 2 3 7 5 8 6

HP

LP
TJAA-03-03-004
10 4 9

When Performing Relief Operation:


1 2 3 7 5 8 6

HP

T450-03-03-033
LP
10 4 9

HP- Actuator Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Orifice 4- Spring A 7- Spring C 10- Piston


2- Main Poppet 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet
3- Sleeve 6- Spring B 9- Spring Chamber

T3-3-31
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Make-Up Operation
1. When pressure in port HP (actuator circuit)
decreases lower than pressure in port LP (hydraulic
oil tank), main poppet (2) is moved to the right.
2. Hydraulic oil in port LP flows to port HP and
cavitation is prevented.
3. When pressure in port HP increases to the specified
pressure, main poppet (2) is closed by the force of
spring C (7).

T3-3-32
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Make-Up Operation:

2 7

HP

LP

T450-03-03-034

HP- Actuator Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

2- Main Poppet 7- Spring C

T3-3-33
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pressure Increasing Operation (Only Auxiliary


Overload Relief Valve)
1. When performing pressure increasing operation,
pilot pressure from auxiliary control solenoid valve
unit (SB) acts on piston (11), and spring B (6) is
compressed by piston (11).
2. The force of spring B (6) becomes strong.
3. Consequently, as pressure required in order to open
pilot poppet (8) is increased, the relief set pressure
is increased.

T3-3-34
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Pressure Increasing Operation:

8 6 11

HP a

LP
TJAA-03-03-049

HP- Actuator Circuit a- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary


LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SB)

6- Spring B 8- Pilot Poppet 11- Piston

T3-3-35
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Boom Overload Relief Valve (Low Pressure)


Boom overload relief valve (low pressure) is provided in
the boom lower circuit.
The boom overload relief valve (low pressure) is shifted by
pilot pressure from 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SC), and
reliefs the boom cylinder rod circuit with low pressure.
This function reduces the machine body vibration during
boom lower operation.

fNOTE: Two boom overload relief valves are provided


in the boom lower circuit. Relief pressure of the overload
relief valve (low pressure) is set lower than another
overload relief valve.

Operation
1. When performing normal operation, pressure oil
from port HP flows to the chamber c, through
piston (6) and acts on main poppet (5). Thus, main
poppet (5) is kept closing.
2. When pilot pressure from 2-spool solenoid valve
unit (SC) acts on piston (1), piston (1) opens poppet
(2).
3. When poppet (2) opens, the chamber a and
chamber b are connected to port LP through outer
circumference of sleeve (7).
4. When pressure in chamber c reaches the set
pressure of spring (3), pilot poppet (4) is opened.
5. When pilot poppet (4) opens, pressure in the
chamber c is reduced.
6. As piston (6) and main poppet (5) move leftward
and main poppet (5) opens, pressure oil flows from
port HP to LP.
7. The holding pressure at the boom cylinder rod side
decreases, the machine body vibration decreases
when performing boom lowering operation.

T3-3-36
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Normal Operation:

5 6

HP

c TJAA-03-03-047
When Performing Relief Operation:
1 2 a 3 4 5 6

SC HP

LP

7 b c
T1J1-03-03-006

1 2 a 3 4 5 6

SC HP

LP
b
T1J1-03-03-007

HP- Actuator Circuit SC- Pilot Pressure from 2-Spool


LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SC)

a- Chamber a b- Chamber b c- Chamber c

1- Piston 3- Spring 5- Main Poppet 7- Sleeve


2- Poppet 4- Pilot Poppet 6- Piston

T3-3-37
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Regenerative Valve
The regenerative valves are provided in the arm roll-
in and bucket roll-in circuits. The regenerative valves
increase cylinder speed, improve machine controllability,
and prevent cylinder hesitation.

Bucket Regenerative Valve, Arm Regenerative Valve


The bucket and arm regenerative valves supply
returning oil from the cylinder rod side to the bottom
side to prevent cylinder hesitation, and increase
operation speed of bucket and arm roll-in.
f NOTE: In this section, the bucket regenerative valve is
explained as an example.

Operation (during Bucket Regenerative Operation) 1


1. Returning oil from the bucket cylinder (1) rod side is a
routed to check valve (2) through hole (4) of bucket
spool (3) when performing bucket roll-in operation.
2. When pressure in the cylinder (1) bottom side is
lower than the rod side, check valve (2) is opened.
3. Returning oil from the cylinder (1) rod side flows
to the bottom side and is combined with pressure
oil from pump 1. The combined pressure oil is
delivered to the cylinder (1) bottom side and
regenerative operation is done.
Therefore, cylinder hesitation is prevented and bucket
roll-in operating speed increases. 3 2 TJAG-03-03-006

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1

1- Bucket Cylinder 3- Bucket Spool


2- Check Valve

T3-3-38
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Bucket Regenerative Operation:

T450-03-03-044

1- Bucket Cylinder 2- Check Valve 3- Bucket Spool 4- Hole

T3-3-39
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Operation (When Performing Bucket Regenerative


Cut Operation)

1. When cylinder (3) reaches the stroke end or digging a b


1 3
loads increase when performing bucket roll-in
operation, pressure in the cylinder (3) bottom side
increases.
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 acts on spool (1) of the
bucket regenerative cut valve. 2

3. Spool (1) compresses spring (2) and moves upward


(to the right in the circuit diagram).
4. Pressure in the cylinder (3) rod side is lower than the
cylinder (3) bottom side.
5. As check valve (4) of the bucket regenerative valve 5 4 TJAG-03-03-007
is kept closed and pressure oil from the cylinder (3)
rod side does not flow to the cylinder (3) bottom
side, regenerative operation is not done. a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

6. Pressure oil from the cylinder (3) rod side flows to 1- Spool (Bucket Regeneration 3- Cylinder
the hydraulic oil tank through bucket spool (5) and Cut Valve) 4- Check Valve
spool (1). 2- Spring 5- Bucket Spool

Therefore, the pressure at the cylinder (3) rod side


decreases and the digging force is improved.

T3-3-40
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Bucket Regeneration Cut Operation:

3
2

1
b
c
7

d
4

T450-03-03-045

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c- Returning Oil from Cylinder d- Pressure Oil to Cylinder
b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank Rod Side Bottom Side

1- Spool (Bucket Regeneration 2- Spring 5- Bucket Spool 7- Orifice


Cut Valve) 4- Check Valve 6- Hole

T3-3-41
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Anti-Drift Valve
The anti-drift valves are provided in the boom cylinder
bottom side and the arm cylinder rod side circuits, and
reduce the cylinder drift.

fNOTE: Both boom and arm anti-drift valves are


identical in structure. 1 2 3 4

Holding Operation
1. As pressure oil from the pilot pump does not flow
with the control lever set in neutral (the spool in
neutral), the selector valve (2) in anti-drift valve is
not shifted.
2. Pressure oil from arm cylinder (1) rod side (boom
cylinder bottom side) flows to spring (5) chamber
and selector valve (2) spring (6) chamber through
orifice (7) of check valve (3).
3. As check valve (3) is pushed and the return circuit
from cylinder (1) is blocked, the cylinder (1) drift is
TJAG-03-03-008
reduced.

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve)


2- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector 4- Arm 1 Spool
Valve)

T3-3-42
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

2 6

4
TJAA-03-03-021

d- Returning Oil from Arm


Cylinder (1) Rod Side

2- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector Valve) 4- Arm 1 Spool 6- Spring


3- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) 5- Spring 7- Orifice

T3-3-43
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Releasing Operation
1 2 3 4
1. Pressure oil (c) from the pilot pump pushes piston
(8) of the anti-drift valve and shifts selector valve
(2) when performing arm roll-in or boom lower
operation.
b
2. Pressure oil in the spring (5) chamber of check valve
(3) is returned to the hydraulic oil tank through the
passage of selector valve (2).
c
3. When pressure in the spring (5) chamber decreases,
and pressure in the spring (5) chamber and the
spring (5) force are lower than pressure in the arm
cylinder (1) rod side, check valve (3) moves upward
(to the right in the circuit diagram).
TJAE-03-03-009
4. Return oil from the arm cylinder rod side (boom
cylinder bottom side) flows to the hydraulic oil tank. a

5. Orifice (7) of check valve (3) decreases pressure in a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 c- Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump
the spring (5) chamber slowly. Therefore, check b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
valve (3) is prevented from moving quickly and
shock when performing arm roll-in or boom lower 1- Arm Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve)
2- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector 4- Arm 1 Spool
operation is reduced. Valve)

T3-3-44
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

8 2 6

c d

4
b
TJAA-03-03-022

b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank d- Returning Oil from Cylinder (1)


c- Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump (Arm Cylinder: Rod Side, Boom
Cylinder: Bottom Side)

2- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector Valve) 5- Spring 8- Piston


3- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) 6- Spring
4- Arm 1 Spool 7- Orifice

T3-3-45
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Valve


The flow rate control valves are provided in the arm 1, arm
2, boom 1 and swing circuits, restrict oil flow rate in the
circuit when performing combined operation, and gives
priority to other actuators.

Each flow rate control valve is operated when performing


combined operation as shown below.
Flow Rate
Control Combined Operation
Valve
Arm 1 Swing, Arm Roll-In
Boom Raise, Arm Roll-In
Arm 2
Boom Raise, Arm Roll-Out
Boom Lower (with Front Attachment
Boom 1 Above the Ground (Bottom Side High
Pressure)) 1
Swing, Boom Lower
Swing
Swing, Arm Roll-Out

Arm 1, Boom 1, Swing c

fNOTE: The arm 1 flow rate control valve is explained


here.
4
Normal Operation
1. Pressure oil from pump 2 (a) acts on check valve (4)
of poppet valve (3). 3

2. Normally, as selector valve (2) is kept close, pressure


2 a
oil (a) from pump 2 opens check valve (4) and flows
to the arm 1 spool. TJAE-03-03-010

3. When load in the actuator side is high, poppet valve a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
(3) is opened and pressure oil from pump 2 (a) flows
to the arm 1 spool. 1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve
2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve
4. Pressure oil flow rate flowing to the arm 1 spool
increases and arm operating speed becomes fast.

T3-3-46
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Normal Operation:

A
Section A

2 2

3
4 5

b b

a TJAA-03-03-033

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 b- To Arm 1 Spool

2- Selector Valve 3- Poppet Valve 4- Check Valve 5- Check Valve

T3-3-47
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Operation


1
1. Selector valve (2) of the arm 1 flow rate control
valve is shifted by pilot pressure (d) from the arm
1 flow rate control valve control spool in the signal
control valve.
2. Back pressure in poppet valve (3) increases and the c
force to close poppet valve (3) appears.
3. The opening clearance of poppet valve (3) is
reduced and pressure oil flow rate flowing to the
arm 1 spool is restricted.
4. Pressure oil (a) from pump 2 is supplied to the
boom 2 spool by priority. d 3

2
a
TJAE-03-03-011

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 d- Pilot Pressure from Signal


c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank Control Valve

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve


2- Selector Valve

T3-3-48
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Flow Rate Control Operation:

A
d Section A

2 2

6
3
5

b b

a TJAA-03-03-034

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 d- Pilot Pressure from Signal


b- To Arm 1 Spool Control Valve

2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve 6- Piston


3- Poppet Valve 5- Check Valve

T3-3-49
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Arm 2
2
a
Normal Operation 3

1. As selector valve (2) is kept open, pressure oil (a) 4


from pump 1 acts on poppet valve (3). 1
2. Due to pressure oil (a) from pump 1, back pressure
in poppet valve (3) increases and the force to close c
poppet valve (3) appears.
3. The opening clearance of poppet valve (3) is TJAA-03-03-054
reduced and pressure oil flow rate flowing to the
arm 2 spool is restricted. a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

4. Pressure oil (a) from pump 1 is supplied to the 1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve
bucket and boom 1 spool by priority. 2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve

T3-3-50
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Normal Operation:

A
Section A

2 2

6
3 5
4

b b

a TJBA-03-03-015

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- To Arm 2 Spool

2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve 6- Piston


3- Poppet Valve 5- Check Valve

T3-3-51
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Operation


2
1. Pilot pressure (d) from 4-spool solenoid valve unit a
(SG) shifts the arm 2 flow rate control valve selector d
valve (2).
3
1
2. As pressure oil (a) from pump 1 is blocked, poppet
valve (3) opens and pressure oil (a) from pump 1
flows to the arm 2 spool.
c
3. Flow rate of pressure oil flowing to the arm 2 spool
increases and arm operating speed becomes fast. TJAA-03-03-055

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 d- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool


c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SG)

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve


2- Selector Valve

T3-3-52
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Flow Rate Control Operation:

A
Section A
d

2 2

6
3
5
4

b b

a TJBA-03-03-016

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 d- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool


b- To Arm 2 Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (SG)

2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve 6- Piston


3- Poppet Valve 5- Check Valve

T3-3-53
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve


Boom lower meter-in cut valve (4) is provided in the Operation (With Track Raised off the Ground)
boom lower circuit. 1. As pressure at the boom cylinder (1) bottom side
Boom lower meter-in cut control is deactivated when the decreases with the track raised off the ground,
track raised off the ground, and the boom is given priority pressure which acts on boom lower meter-in cut
to operate and the force to raise the track increases. valve (4) decreases.
When performing boom lower operation with the front
attachment above the ground, the boom lowers due 2. When pressure from the boom cylinder (1) bottom
to own weight by the regenerative circuit from boom 2 side becomes lower than the spring (9) force, boom
spool (2) and allows pressure oil from the pump flowing lower meter-in cut valve (4) moves to the right.
to other actuators. Consequently, operating speed of (upward in the circuit diagram)
other actuator increases. (Refer to SYSTEM/Hydraulic 3. As boom lower pilot pressure (b) does not act on
System.) boom flow rate control valve (selector valve) (3),
boom flow rate control valve (poppet valve) (5)
Operation (Boom Lower with Front Attachment opens.
above Ground)
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (11) flows through boom 1
1. Pilot pressure acts on boom 1 spool (6) and boom 2 spool (6).
spool (2) when lowering the boom.
5. Pressure oil from the boom cylinder (1) bottom side
2. Returning oil from the boom cylinder (1) bottom flows through boom 2 spool (2), combined with
side is divided into two directions. pressure oil from boom 1 spool (6) and flows to the
3. One acts on boom lower meter-in cut valve (4) boom cylinder (1) rod side and the force to raise the
through orifice (8). track increases.
4. When pressure from the boom cylinder (1) Therefore, boom lower meter-in cut control is not
bottom side exceeds the spring (9) force, spool operated with the track raised off the ground. (Refer to
(4) compresses spring (9) and moves to the left. SYSTEM/Hydraulic System.)
(downward in the circuit diagram)
5. Boom lower pilot pressure (b) from port 4PC11
(12) flows to boom flow rate control valve (selector
valve) (3) through boom lower meter-in cut valve
(4).
6. Boom flow rate control valve (selector valve) (3) is
shifted, and pressure oil from pump 1 (11) to boom
1 spool (6) is restricted. (Refer to Flow Rate Control
Valve.)
7. Another pressure oil is supplied to the boom
cylinder (1) rod side through boom 2 spool (2) and
regenerative circuit.
8. The boom lowers due to own weight.
Consequently, when performing combined operation
of boom lower and other actuator, more pressure
oil is supplied to the actuator and speed of actuator
increases.

T3-3-54
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

When Performing Boom Lower Operation with Front


Attachment above Ground:
5 3 8

2
a 1
13 b
b

b
e 12

TJAG-03-03-012
10 11
fNOTE: The illustration shows during combined
operation of boom lower and arm roll-out.

9 d 4 7

a b c 8
TJAA-03-03-005

a- To Boom Flow Rate Control b- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure c- Pressure Oil from Boom d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
Valve (Selector Valve) Cylinder Bottom Side e- Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure

1- Boom Cylinder 4- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 6- Boom 1 Spool 10- Pump 2
2- Boom 2 Spool Valve 7- Piston 11- Pump 1
3- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 8- Orifice 12- Port 4PC11
(Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) 9- Spring 13- Arm Cylinder

T3-3-55
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Bypass Shut-Out Valve


Bypass shut-out valves (9, 17) are provided in the down
stream side of neutral circuit (pump 1) (15) and neutral
circuit (pump 2) (16).
Bypass shut-out valve (9) blocks neutral circuit (pump 1)
(15), combines pressure oil from pump 1 (10) with pump 2
(11), increases oil flow rate flowing into attachment (1) to
increase attachment (1) operation speed.
Bypass shut-out valve (17) blocks neutral circuit (pump 2)
(16), combines pressure oil from pump 1 (10) with pump b
2 (11), increases oil flow rate flowing into the bucket 9
cylinder to increase the bucket operation speed.

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Circuit


1. Pilot pressure (a) from auxiliary control solenoid a
valve unit (SA) (14) shifts bypass shut-out valve (9).
2. As neutral circuit (pump 1) (15) is blocked, pressure
oil from pump 1 (10) is combined with pressure oil
from pump 2 (11). The combined oil is supplied to
auxiliary spool (6).
3. Consequently, operation speed of attachment (1) is c T450-03-03-050
increased.
a- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary b- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) (15)
Solenoid Valve Unit (SA) (14) c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T3-3-56
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

1 2 3 4

5 6 17 7

18

15
14

SC
SB 16
SA

13

11 10
12

TJAA-02-04-106

1- Attachment 7- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 11- Pump 2 16- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2)
2- Accumulator (Selector Valve) 12- Pilot Pump 17- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
3- Selector Valve 8- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 13- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 18- Bucket Spool
4- Accumulator (Poppet Valve) 14- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
5- Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve 9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Solenoid Valve
6- Auxiliary Spool 10- Pump 1 15- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1)

T3-3-57
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit


1. Pilot pressure (d) from 4-spool solenoid valve unit e
17
(SF) (19) shifts bypass shut-out valve (17) of neutral
circuit (pump 2) (16).
2. As neutral circuit (pump 2) (16) is blocked, pressure
oil from pump 2 (11) is combined with pressure oil
d
from pump 1 (10). The combined oil is supplied to
bucket spool (18).
3. Consequently, operation speed of the bucket is
increased.

c T450-03-03-050

c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank e- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2) (16)


d- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool
Solenoid Valve Unit (SF) (19)

17- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T3-3-58
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

16 17

19

18

SF

11 10

TJAA-02-04-104
12

10- Pump 1 12- Pilot Pump 17- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 19- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
11- Pump 2 16- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2) 18- Bucket Spool

T3-3-59
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 4


The auxiliary flow combiner valve is provided in the pump
1 flow combiner circuit. 5
1
Flow Combiner Control OFF
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (a) acts on check valve (2)
of poppet valve (3). 2
2. Normally, as selector valve (1) is kept open, pressure 3
oil (a) from pump 1 opens check valve (2) and flows
to poppet valve (3) through selector valve (1). c a

3. By pressure oil from selector valve (1), back pressure TJAA-03-03-053


in poppet valve (3) increases and the force to close
poppet valve (3) appears.
a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
4. The opening clearance of poppet valve (3) is c- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
reduced and pressure oil flow rate flowing to
auxiliary spool (5) is restricted. 1- Selector Valve 4- Attachment
2- Check Valve 5- Auxiliary Spool
3- Poppet Valve

Flow Combiner Control ON


4
1. Pilot pressure (b) from auxiliary control solenoid
valve unit (SA) shifts selector valve (1) of the
auxiliary flow combiner valve. 5
1
2. Back pressure in poppet valve (3) decreases and the
force to close poppet valve (3) decreases. b
3. The opening clearance of poppet valve (3) is
increased and pressure oil flow rate flowing to 2
auxiliary spool (5) is increased 3
4. Pressure oil (a) from pump pump 1 and pressure oil c a
(c) from pump 2 are combined and operating speed
of attachment (4) increases. TJAA-03-03-050

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c- Pressure Oil from Pump 2


b- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary
Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SA)

1- Selector Valve 4- Attachment


2- Check Valve 5- Auxiliary Spool
3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-60
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Combiner Control OFF:


1 2 3

TJAA-03-03-051

Flow Combiner Control ON:


1 2 3

b
a

TJAA-03-03-052

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary


Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SA)

1- Selector Valve 2- Check Valve 3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-61
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-3-62
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Outline
The pilot valve controls pilot pressure oil in order to move
the spool in the control valve.
The pilot valve outputs pressure according to the control
lever stroke by PPC (Pressure Proportional Control)
function.
The 4-port pilot valves for front attachment/swing and for
travel are standard.

 Front Attachment/Swing Pilot Valve


Port
ISO Control Pattern Hitachi Pattern
No.
1 Bucket Roll-Out 
2 Boom Lower 
Right
3 Bucket Roll-In 
4 Boom Raise 
1 Swing (Right) Arm Roll-In
2 Arm Roll- Out Swing (Right)
Left
3 Swing (Left) Arm Roll- Out
4 Arm Roll-In Swing (Left)

P T
Hydraulic
Symbol

P 4

1 3 2 4
TPPP-03-04-002

3
1

TDC1-03-04-001
2 T

P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

 Travel Pilot Valve


Port No.
1 Travel (Right Reverse)
2 Travel (Right Forward)
3 Travel (Left Forward)
4 Travel (Left Reverse) T
P T
Hydraulic P
Symbol

TPPP-03-04-003

1 2 3 4
TPPP-03-04-002
3 4

2 1

TPPP-03-04-004

P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Operation (Front Attachment/Swing and Front Attachment/


Travel Pilot Valves) Swing Pilot Valve

The spool (7) head is hanged from the upper surface of 1


spring guide (4). Spring guide (4) is kept raised by return
spring (6).
2
f NOTE: Total lever strokes for front attachment/
swing controls are determined by stroke dimension 3
(E) of pusher (2). Total lever stroke for travel control is 4
determined by stroke dimension (E) of cam (1). 5
6

TDC1-03-04-002

Travel Pilot Valve


1

2
3
4

5
6

TPPP-03-04-010

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Neutral (Output Curve: A to B):


1. When in neutral, spool (7) completely blocks
pressure oil from port P (pilot pump). The output
port is connected to port T (hydraulic oil tank) a E F
through the inner passage in spool (7).
2. Therefore, pressure in the output port is equal to D
pressure in port T.
3. When the control lever is slightly tilted, cam (1) is
tilted and pusher (2) is pushed downward. Pusher
C
(2) integral with spring guide (4) compresses return
spring (6) and moves downward.
4. At this time, as pressure in the output port is equal A B b
to pressure in port T, spool (7) moves downward T523-02-05-001
due to the balance spring (5) force while keeping
the lower surface of the spool (7) head in contact a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
with spring guide (4).
5. This status continues until hole (8) on spool (7) is
connected to port P.

T3-4-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment/
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

3 3 7

4 4 T

5 5
6 6
8
P

7 T 7 T

8 P 8 P

a a
TPPP-03-04-015 TPPP-03-04-006

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
T

3 7
3
P
4 4 8

5 5
6 6
a

T T
7 7
P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-016 TPPP-03-04-011

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

During Metering or Decompressing (Output Curve:


C to D)
1. When the control lever is further tilted and pusher
(2) is moved downward further, hole (8) on spool a E F
(7) is connected to port P and pressure oil in port P
flows to the output port. D
2. Pressure in the output port is routed to the bottom
surface of spool (7) and spool (7) is pushed upward.
3. When the force to move spool (7) upward is smaller
C
than the balance spring (5) force, balance spring (5)
is not compressed and spool (7) is not raised and
pressure in the output port increases. A B b
4. Pressure in the output port increases further, the T523-02-05-001
force to move spool (7) upward increases. When
this force overcomes the balance spring (5) force, a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
spool (7) compresses balance spring (5) and moves
upward.
5. When spool (7) is moved upward, hole (8) is closed
and pressure oil does not flow from port P to the
output port. Therefore, pressure in the output port
stops increasing.
6. When spool (7) is moved downward, balance spring
(5) is compressed same as spool (7) movement. The
spring force balances with the force which pressure
acts on the spool, and its pressure is the output port
pressure.

T3-4-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
7 7
3 T 3
4 T
4
8 8
5 5
6 6
P
P

7 7

T T

P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-007 TPPP-03-04-008

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

T T
7 7
3 3
P P
4 4
5 8 5 8
6 6
a a

T T
7 7

P P

8 8
a a
TPPP-03-04-012 TPPP-03-04-013

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Full Stroke (Output Curve: E to F)


1. (Front attachment/swing pilot valve)
When control lever is set to the full stroke, pusher
E F
(2) moves downward until it comes in contact with a
the stepped part of casing (3).
D
(Travel pilot valve)
When control lever is set to the full stroke, cam (1)
moves downward until it comes in contact with
casing (3). C

2. At this time, the bottom surface of pusher (2)


directly pushes spool (7). Therefore, even if pressure A B b
in the output port increases further, hole (8) on
spool (7) is kept open. T523-02-05-001

3. Consequently, pressure in the output port is equal a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
to pressure in port P.

T3-4-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment/
Swing Pilot Valve

2
3
4
5
6

8 P

a
TPPP-03-04-009

Travel Pilot Valve

4
5
6

T
7

8
a

TPPP-03-04-014

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

(Blank)

T3-4-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot


Valve)
The travel pilot valve has damper (1) enabling damping of
the speed change shock by travel control lever (4).
Damper (1) is consist of support (5), gear 1 (9), gear 2 (8),
and others. Gear 1 (9) is connected to support (5).
Support (5) is secure to bracket (6) by spring pin (2). Travel
1 2 3
control lever (4) and travel pedal (3) are secure to bracket
(6). Therefore, support (5) rotates to the left and right A
around pin (7) according to movement of travel control
lever (4). 4

Operation 5
1. If travel control lever (4) is released while traveling,
6
spring force of the return spring returns travel
control lever (4) to the neutral position. 7
2. At this time, gear 1 (9) and gear 2 (8) inside damper 8
(1) receive resistance force due to friction.
9
3. Consequently, as travel control lever (4) gradually A
returns to the neutral position, the extent of sudden
stop at the time of abrupt release of travel control
lever (4) is reduced.

T1M7-03-04-002

Section A-A 2

5
1

7
T1M7-03-04-003

1- Damper 6- Bracket
2- Spring Pin 7- Pin
3- Travel Pedal 8- Gear 2
4- Travel Control Lever 9- Gear 1
5- Support

T3-4-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

(Blank)

T3-4-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Outline
The travel device consists of travel motor (4), travel Travel reduction gear (2) is a three-stage planetary
reduction gear (2), and travel brake valve (1). reduction gear, converts the travel motor (4) rotation
Travel motor (4) is a swash plate type variable power to a slow-large torque, and rotates sprocket (3) and
displacement axial plunger motor and equipped with a the track.
parking brake (a wet-type spring set hydraulic released Travel brake valve (1) protects the travel circuit from being
multi-disc brake). Travel motor (4) is driven by pressure oil overloaded and prevents the occurrence of cavitation.
from the pump and transmits the rotation power to travel
reduction gear (2).

1 2

4 T1J1-03-05-002

1- Travel Brake Valve 2- Travel Reduction Gear 3- Sprocket 4- Travel Motor

T3-5-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Reduction Gear


The travel reduction gear is a three-stage planetary Housing (14) of the travel motor is secured to the track
reduction gear. frame with bolts. In addition, housing (14) supports drum
The travel motor rotates propeller shaft (7). This rotation is (13) via bearings (15) and drum (13) can rotate. Third
transmitted to ring gear (1) through first stage planetary stage carrier (2) is splined to housing (14).
gears (8), first stage carrier (6), second stage sun gear (5), Ring gear (1), drum (13), and sprocket (12) are secured
second stage planetary gears (9), second stage carrier (4), with bolts respectively. Therefore, when ring gear (1)
third stage sun gear (3), third stage planetary gears (10), rotates, drum (13) and sprocket (12) also rotate.
and third stage carrier (2).

15 1 2 3 4 5

14 13 11 10 9

12
T1J1-03-05-002

1- Ring Gear 5- Second Stage Sun Gear 9- Second Stage Planetary Gear 13- Drum
2- Third Stage Carrier 6- First Stage Carrier 10- Third Stage Planetary Gear 14- Housing
3- Third Stage Sun Gear 7- Propeller Shaft 11- Bearing Nut 15- Bearing
4- Second Stage Carrier 8- First Stage Planetary Gear 12- Sprocket

T3-5-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Motor
The travel motor is a swash plate type variable When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plungers (5)
displacement axial plunger motor, and consists of valve are pushed. As swash plate (4) is inclined, shoes (3) on the
plate (6), swash plate (4), rotor (2), plungers (5), and shaft ends of plungers (5) slide along swash plate (4) and the
(1). rotor (2) rotation power occurs.
Shaft (1) is splined to rotor (2), and plungers (5) are
inserted into rotor (2).

1 2 3 4

6 5

T1J1-03-05-003

1- Shaft 3- Shoe 5- Plunger


2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate 6- Valve Plate

T3-5-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Operation
1. Pressure oil flows to port B in valve plate (6), enters
one side in rotor (2), and pushes plungers (5).
2. Shoes (3) at the ends of plungers (5) slide on swash
plate (4) due to this force, and rotates rotor (2) and
output shaft (7).
3. As rotor (2) rotates, plungers (5) rotates. When
plungers (5) reach port A, plungers (5) are pushed
back and pressure oil is returned to the hydraulic oil
tank.
4. Whether forward travel or reverse travel depends on
whether pressure oil is supplied to port A or port B.

A B
A
B

7 6
4 3
T183-03-05-009

A- Port A B- Port B
(Pressure oil from main pump (Pressure oil from main pump
or returning oil to hydraulic oil or returning oil to hydraulic oil
tank) tank)

2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate 6- Valve Plate 7- Output Shaft


3- Shoe 5- Plunger

T3-5-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Parking Brake
The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. The brake is released when
the brake release pressure oil is routed to brake piston
chamber (a).
The parking brake is automatically applied at all times
unless the travel function is operated.
Friction plates (2) are splined to housing (1) of the travel
motor, plates (3) are splined to rotor (4).

When brake is released When brake is applied


1. When the travel control lever is operated, pressure 1. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
oil from the main pump is supplied to port P1 or P2 counterbalance valve spool (7) in the travel brake
in the travel motor through the control valve. valve is returned to neutral.
2. This pressure oil shifts counterbalance valve spool 2. As pressure oil acted on brake piston (5) is returned
(7) in the travel brake valve and acts on brake piston to the hydraulic oil tank, brake piston (5) is returned
(5) through the notch on counterbalance valve by spring (6).
spool (7).
3. Consequently, the spring force acts on plate (3),
3. Consequently, as brake piston (5) is pushed, plates which is engaged with the external circumference
(3) and friction plates (2) become free each other so of rotor (4), and on friction plate (2), which is
that the brake is released. engaged with the inside of housing (1) of the travel
motor through brake piston (5). Therefore, the
external circumference of rotor (4) is secured with
friction force.

T3-5-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

When brake is applied: 1 When brake is released: 1

a a
2
6 2
6

4 4
5 3 5 3

TJBM-03-05-001 TJBM-03-05-002

b
P1 P2

TJBA-03-05-003 TJBA-03-05-004

P1- From Port P1 P2- From Port P2 a- Brake Piston Chamber b- To Brake Piston

1- Housing 3- Plate 5- Brake Piston 7- Counterbalance Valve Spool


2- Friction Plate 4- Rotor 6- Spring

T3-5-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Brake Valve


The travel brake valve is located on the travel motor head
and consists of the following valves.

 Counterbalance Valve (1):


Counterbalance valve (1) ensures smooth start/stop
travel operation and prevents the machine from
rollaway when traveling on a down slope. In addition,
counterbalance valve (1) routes the travel motor
operating pressure oil in the high-pressure side (P1 or
P2) to the parking brake.

 Check Valve (2):


Check valve (2) assists the counterbalance valve (1)
operation and prevents cavitation in the motor circuit.

 Overload Relief Valve (4):


Overload relief valve (4) prevents the occurrence of
overload and surge pressure in the motor circuit and
reduces shock loads developed when stopping travel
operation.

 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Valve (3):


Travel motor displacement angle control valve (3) shifts
the spool by pressure oil from 4-spool solenoid valve
unit (SC), and sends pressure oil from the control valve
to the piston.

T3-5-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Section A-A

4 1

3
P1

P2

A A
4
TJAA-03-05-003

P1- Port P1 P2- Port P2

1- Counterbalance Valve 3- Travel Motor Displacement 4- Overload Relief Valve


2- Check Valve Angle Control Valve

T3-5-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Counterbalance Valve
 While Traveling
1. When pressure oil from the control valve enters
port P1 (6), pressure oil flows around the outer
circumference of spool (4), unseats check valve (12),
and flows to port BM (11).
2. On the other hand, returning oil from the travel
motor is returned to port AM (10). However, its
passage is blocked by check valve (7) and spool (4).
3. When pressure in port P1 (6) increases further,
pressure oil from port P1 (6) unseats check valve (3)
in spool (4) and flows into chamber G (a) through
oil passage F (c) of spool (4). Also, pressure oil from
port P1 (6) flows to chamber G (a) through orifice (2)
and orifice A (1) in spool (4).
This operation moves spool (4) downward.
4. Returning oil from the travel motor flows to port P2
(8) through notch (g) on spool (4).
As pressure oil starts flowing at this stage, the travel
motor starts rotating.
5. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
spool (4) is returned to the original position by the
spring (5) force and blocks the oil passage. Then, the
travel motor rotation is stopped.

 While Descending a Slope


1. When the machine descends a slope, the travel
motors are forcibly rotated by the machine self
weight like a pump.
2. If the travel motor draws oil, oil pressure in port P1
(6) and chamber G (a) decrease. Spool (4) moves
upward and restrict returning oil from the travel
motor.
3. Therefore, oil pressure in motor port AM (10)
increases and functions as the brake of travel motor.
4. Pressure in port P1 (6) increases again and moves
spool (4) downward.
5. The machine descends the slope when the spool
(4) is in the position where pressure in port P1 (6)
balances with pressure at the motor port AM (10)
side.
Therefore, the hydraulic brake is applied and prevents
the machine from rollaway.

T3-5-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Operation

a
11 12
1
2

b
6
3
4
b
f
c

d
e
4
8
g

10 7 9

Descending Operation TJBA-03-05-005

11 a

b
f

d
8
e
4

10

TJBA-03-05-006

a- Chamber G c- Oil Passage F e- From Port AM g- Notch


b- From Port P1 d- To Port P2 f- To Port BM

1- Orifice A 4- Spool 7- Check Valve 10- Port AM


2- Orifice 5- Spring 8- Port P2 11- Port BM
3- Check Valve 6- Port P1 9- Counterbalance Valve 12- Check Valve

T3-5-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Overload Relief Valve


When the travel motor circuit pressure increases beyond
the set pressure, the overload relief valve is opened and
high pressure oil is relieved to the low-pressure side.
Therefore, the travel motor is protected from being
overloaded.
In addition, the overload relief valve relieves the shock
loads developed due to inertia force when stopping the
travel motor.

Operation (Relief Operation)


1. Pressure oil in the travel circuit acts on poppet (6)
through motor port P1 (or motor port P2).
1
2. Pressure oil flows to the spring (2) chamber through
orifice (5) in poppet (6).
2
3. Pressure oil flowing to the spring (2) chamber acts
3
on piston (4) through orifice (3) and moves piston
(4) downward. 4
4. As long as piston (4) keeps moving, pressure 5
difference is developed between the front and 6
rear of poppet (6). When this pressure difference is b
increased beyond the spring (2) force, poppet (6) is
opened and pressure oil flows to the hydraulic oil
tank. (Shockless Function)
5. When piston (4) reaches the stroke end, the
pressure difference between the front and rear of T183-03-05-011
poppet (6) disappears and poppet (6) is closed. a

6. Under this condition, the pressure in the travel


motor circuit increases to the set pressure. a- From Motor Port P1, P2 b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

7. When the pressure in the travel motor circuit 1- Overload Relief Valve 5- Orifice
increases beyond the spring (2) force, poppet (6) is 2- Spring 6- Poppet
opened and pressure oil at the relief set pressure 3- Orifice
flows to the hydraulic oil tank. 4- Piston

8. As described above, relief operation in two-stages


prevents the travel motor from being overloaded
and reduces shocks developed in the circuit when
stopping the travel motor.

T3-5-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Mode Control


The displacement angle of swash plate (3) is changed by
piston (5) movement and shift the travel mode.

 Slow Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is in the slow position,
MC (main controller) does not send the signal to
4-spool solenoid valve unit (SC).
2. Pilot port (7) of travel motor displacement angle
control valve (1) is connected to the hydrauric oil
tank. Spool (8) of travel motor displacement angle
control valve (1) is pushed to the left by spring (2).
3. As high pressure oil from control valve (b) does not
act on piston (5), the displacement angle is held to
the maximum.
4. Therefore, the stroke of plungers (6) will be longer
and the travel motor rotates at slow speed.

T3-5-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

1 8 7 2

5 6

4 3

4 9

b
TJAA-03-05-001

a- To Drain b- From Control Valve

1- Travel Motor Displacement 3- Swash Plate 6- Plunger 9- Counterbalance Valve


Angle Control Valve 4- Ball 7- Pilot Port
2- Spring 5- Piston 8- Spool

T3-5-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

 Fast Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is set to the fast speed
position, MC (main controller) sends the signal
to 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SC) in response to
travel loads. (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System/Travel
Motor Displacement Angle Control.)
2. Pilot pressure (e) is supplied to pilot port (7) of travel
motor displacement angle control valve (1) and
chamber A (d) through orifice (10) of spool (8), then
spool (8) moves to the right.
3. High pressure oil from control valve (b) acts on
piston (5) through counter balance valve (9) and
spool (8).
4. Therefore, pistons (5) push swash plate (3) and
that the displacement angle of swash plate (3)
is reduced. As the stroke of plungers (6) will be
shorter, the travel motor rotates at fast speed.

T3-5-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

1 8 10 7 2

e
5 6

4 3

9
4

b
TJAA-03-05-002

b- From Control Valve c- From Travel Motor d- Chamber A


Displacement Angle Control e- Pilot Pressure
Valve

1- Travel Motor Displacement 3- Swash Plate 6- Plunger 9- Counterbalance Valve


Angle Control Valve 4- Ball 7- Pilot Port 10- Orifice
2- Spring 5- Piston 8- Spool

T3-5-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Outline
The signal control valve is provided in the pilot circuit
between the pilot valve and the control valve, and
controls various signal pressure used to regulate the
pumps and valves.
The signal control valve consists of the shuttle valves,
shockless valve (1), pump 1 flow rate control valve (3),
pump 2 flow rate control valve (6), flow combiner valve
control spool (4), arm flow rate control valve selector
spool (2), and swing parking brake release spool (6).

A Section A-A

A 1

7 2

6 3

5 4
a

TJAA-03-06-004 T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control 5- Swing Parking Brake Release 7- Auxiliary
2- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T3-6-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Port
Pilot Valve Side
Port Name Connected to Remark
Port A Right Pilot Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port B Right Pilot Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port C Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port D Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port E Left Pilot Valve Swing (Left) Pilot Pressure
Port F Left Pilot Valve Swing (Right) Pilot Pressure
Port G Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port H Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port I Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Left Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port J Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Left Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port K Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Right Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port L Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Right Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port M - Plug
Port N - Plug
Port SA 4-Spool Side Pressure Sensor Pump 1 Control Pressure
Port SB 5-Spool Side Pressure Sensor Pump 2 Control Pressure
Port PI Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Primary Pilot Pressure
Port PH Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Primary Pilot Pressure (Heater Circuit)
Port SH Swing Parking Brake Brake Release Pressure
Port DF Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank

T3-6-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

PH

C A

D M

H
B

F SB
G
PI

N
K
I

J
SH

DF

SA L TJAA-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

SM 3

1 5

13 4
2 SE
SK 8

S3

14
6
7

9 SN

11
10

SL

TJAA-03-06-003
TR 12 SP

T3-6-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Control Valve Side


Port Name Connected to Remark
Port 1 Control Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port 2 Control Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port 3 Control Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 4 Control Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 5 Control Valve Swing (Left) Pilot Pressure
Port 6 Control Valve Swing (Right) Pilot Pressure
Port 7 Control Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 8 Control Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 9 Control Valve Travel (Left Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port 10 Control Valve Travel (Left Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port 11 Control Valve Travel (Right Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port 12 Control Valve Travel (Right Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port 13 - Plug
Port 14 - Plug
Port S3 Pressure Sensor (Swing) -
Port SE Control Valve Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Control Pressure
Port SM Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank
Port SN - Plug
Port SP Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank
Port SL Control Valve Flow Combiner Valve Control Pressure
Port SK - Plug
Port TR Pressure Sensor (Travel) -

T3-6-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

PH

C A

D M

H
B

F SB
G
PI

N
K
I

J
SH

DF

SA L TJAA-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

SM 3

1 5

13 4
2 SE
SK 8

S3

14
6
7

9 SN

11
10

SL

TJAA-03-06-003
TR 12 SP

T3-6-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shuttle Valve
The shuttle valve selects pilot pressure used to perform
each operation and routes pilot pressure to the
corresponding control valves and/or control spools.
The spools corresponding to each operation are as
follows:

Arm Flow Rate Flow Combiner Valve Swing Parking Brake


Control Valve Control Control Spool (g) Release Spool (h)
Spool (i)
Boom Raise - - 
Boom Lower - - 
Arm Roll-Out - - 
Arm Roll-In - - 
Bucket Roll-In - - 
Bucket Roll-Out - - 
Swing (Right)  - 
Swing (Left)  - 
Travel (Right) -  -
Travel (Left) - - -
Auxiliary - - 

T3-6-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

a b c d e f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8
i
9
m

n
TJBA-03-06-001
h g 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

a- Travel (Left) f- Bucket i- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve n- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
b- Travel (Right) g- Flow Combiner Valve Control Control Spool Valve
c- Swing Spool j- Shockless Valve
d- Arm h- Swing Parking Brake Release m- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
e- Boom Spool Valve

1- Travel (Left) 7- Auxiliary 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 15- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
2- Travel (Right) 8- Swing, Auxiliary Auxiliary (Right)
3- Bucket 9- Boom, Arm 13- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
4- Arm 10- Boom Raise, Arm, Swing, 14- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel (Left), Swing
5- Boom Auxiliary (Left) 17- Travel (Left), Travel (Right)
6- Swing 11- Boom Raise, Arm

T3-6-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Section A-A

11
A
4 5
A 9
8
7

6
10
13
3
a 15
16
2 12
14 1
17

TJAA-03-06-004
T178-03-06-009

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Travel (Left) 7- Auxiliary 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 15- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
2- Travel (Right) 8- Swing, Auxiliary Auxiliary (Right)
3- Bucket 9- Boom, Arm 13- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
4- Arm 10- Boom, Arm, Swing, Auxiliary 14- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel (Left), Swing
5- Boom 11- Boom Raise, Arm (Left) 17- Travel (Left), Travel (Right)
6- Swing

T3-6-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

a b c d e f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8
i
9
m

n
TJBA-03-06-001
h g 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

a- Travel (Left) f- Bucket i- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve n- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
b- Travel (Right) g- Flow Combiner Valve Control Control Spool Valve
c- Swing Spool j- Shockless Valve
d- Arm h- Swing Parking Brake Release m- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
e- Boom Spool Valve

1- Travel (Left) 7- Auxiliary 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 15- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
2- Travel (Right) 8- Swing, Auxiliary Auxiliary (Right)
3- Bucket 9- Boom, Arm 13- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
4- Arm 10- Boom Raise, Arm, Swing, 14- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel (Left), Swing
5- Boom Auxiliary (Left) 17- Travel (Left), Travel (Right)
6- Swing 11- Boom Raise, Arm

T3-6-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shockless Valve 1 2 3

The shockless valve is provided in the boom raise circuit


and functions during boom lowering operation or when
stopping boom raise operation.

During boom raise operation


1. Boom raise pilot pressure acts on spool (1) through
port A (2). 5 9
2. Immediately after operation is started, low pilot 4 T1V1-03-06-003
pressure oil is routed to the spring B (3) chamber
through clearance C between spool (1) and housing
(7) and inner passage 3 (9). In addition, pilot
pressure oil is also routed to port 1 (4) through inner 6 1 2 3
passage 2 (5) at the same time.
3. When pilot pressure increases, pressure in the
spring B (3) chamber also increases. Spool (1)
pushes spring A (6) and is moved to the left.
4. As spool (1) is moved, port A (2) is connected to port
1 (4) and pressure in the port 1 (4) side increases,
and the control valve spool is moved.

4 T1V1-03-06-002

1- Spool 5- Inner Passage 2


2- Port A 6- Spring A
3- Spring B 9- Inner Passage 3
4- Port 1

T3-6-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

When performing boom raise operation:


6 1 2
C

5 3

9
4 T183-03-06-003

1 2

4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 3- Spring B 5- Inner Passage 2 7- Housing


2- Port A 4- Port 1 6- Spring A 9- Inner Passage 3

T3-6-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

When performing boom lower operation or when 6 2 1 3


stopping boom raise operation (shock reducing
operation)
1. During boom lower operation or when stopping
boom raise operation, the returning oil from the
boom raise spool in control valve acts on port 1 (4).
2. As spool (1) blocks the oil passage between port
8
1 (4) and port A (2), the returning oil cannot flow
9
directly to port A (2).
3. Port 1 (4) is connected to the spring A (6) side in 4 T1V1-03-06-004
spool (1) through inner passage 1 (8) and to spring
B chamber (3) through inner passage 3 (9).
4. Pressure oil in spring B (3) flows from clearance C 6 1 2 3
between spool (1) and housing (7) and pressure
in spring B (3) decreases. Spool (1) is moved to
the right by the pressure acts on the spring A (6)
side. Therefore, clearance C between spool (1) and
housing (7) is closed, so that pressure oil is blocked.
5. When clearance C is closed, pressure in spring B 8
(3) increases and spool (1) is moved to the left.
Therefore, clearance C is opened again and pressure
oil flows to the port A (2) side.
4 T1V1-03-06-002
6. As the operations in step 4 to step 5 are repeated
and pressure oil is gradually returned to the port A
(2) side, the control valve spool is returned slowly. 1- Spool 5- Inner Passage 2
2- Port A 6- Spring A
7. Consequently, the shockless valve reduces the 3- Spring B 8- Inner Passage 1
shock during boom lower operation or when 4- Port 1 9- Inner Passage 3
stopping boom raise operation.

T3-6-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

When performing boom lower operation or when


stopping boom raise operation (shock reducing
operation)
6 8 1 3
2 C

5 9
4 T183-03-06-005

1 2

5 9
4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 4- Port 1 7- Housing


2- Port A 5- Inner Passage 2 8- Inner Passage 1
3- Spring B 6- Spring A 9- Inner Passage 3

T3-6-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Flow Rate Control Valves


The pump flow rate control valve supplies signal pressure
to the pressure sensor (4-spool side) or pressure sensor
(5-spool side) in response to the pilot pressure of the pilot
valve.

1. Pilot pressure (5) from the pilot valve acts on the


spring (1) chamber side in the pump 1 or pump
2 flow rate control valve after being selected by
shuttle valve (4) in the signal control valve.
2. Spool (2) is moved to the right and primary pilot
pressure (6) acts on port SA (a), port SB (b).
3. Therefore, pressure in port SA (a) or SB (b) increases.
4. Pressure oil in the port SA (a), port SB (b) side also
acts on chamber A (3). Therefore, spool (2) is pushed
back until the pressure force in the port SA (a) or
port SB (b) side balances with the pilot pressure acts
on the spring (1) chamber side. Then, pressure in
the port SA (a) or port SB (b) side stops increasing.

fNOTE:
 The pump 1 flow rate control valve operates when the
boom (raise or lower), arm (roll-in or out), bucket (roll-
in or out), and travel (right) functions are operated.
 The pump 2 flow rate control valve is operated when
the boom (raise), arm (roll-in or out), and travel (left)
are operated.

T3-6-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

1 2 a, b

5
4

e T178-03-06-017

a- To Port SA b- To Port SB d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank e- From Pilot Valve

1- Spring 3- Chamber A 5- Pilot Pressure


2- Spool 4- Shuttle Valve 6- Primary Pilot Pressure

T3-6-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool,


Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool, Swing 1 a b 2
Parking Brake Release Spool

fNOTE: These three spools are identical in operational


principle.
 The arm flow rate control valve control spool is shifted
by arm roll-in pilot pressure (d) and supplies swing T178-03-06-014
pilot pressure (b) to the arm 1 flow rate control valve (c) d c
in the control valve.
 The flow combiner valve control spool is shifted by
travel (right) pilot pressure (g) and supplies primary a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank c- To Arm 1 Flow Rate Control
pilot pressure (e) to flow combiner valve (f ) in the b- Swing Pilot Pressure Valve
d- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
control valve.
 The swing parking brake release spool is shifted by 1- Spool 2- Spring
the boom, arm, bucket, or swing pilot pressure (i) and
supplies primary pilot pressure (e) to swing motor (h).

1 a e 2

T178-03-06-014
g f

a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank f- To Flow Combiner Valve


e- Primary Pilot Pressure g- Travel (Right) Pilot Pressure

1- Spool 2- Spring

1 a e 2

T178-03-06-014
i h

a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank i- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing,


e- Primary Pilot Pressure Auxiliary
h- To Swing Motor

1- Spool 2- Spring

T3-6-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve


The pilot shut-off solenoid valve is a switch valve of the Section Z-Z
solenoid valve type.
Spool (1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is shifted by
the pilot shut-off lever and turns ON/OFF pilot pressure
oil to the pilot valve and signal control valve.
T1 to T4

P
A1 to A4

T1V1-03-07-012

A1 P T1

A2 T2

A3

Z
T3
T4
A4

T1V1-03-07-011

P- Primary Pilot Pressure A3- Arm, Swing Pilot Pressure T2- Returning Oil from Boom, T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
A1- Travel Pilot Pressure A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal Control Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot Tank
A2- Boom, Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot Valve (Port PI) T3- Returning Oil from Arm, Swing
Pressure T1- Returning Oil from Travel Pilot Pilot

1- Spool

T3-7-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position
1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the LOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned OFF and
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is turned OFF. (Refer
to SYSTEM/Electrical System.) T1 to T4

2. Pressure oil from the pilot pump is blocked by spool


(1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve.
3. Each port in pilot valves (A1 to A3) and signal
control valve (A4) is connected to the hydraulic oil
P
tank.
A1 to A4
4. Therefore, even if the control/travel control lever is
operated, the pilot valve is not activated.

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned ON and
1
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is excited. (Refer to
SYSTEM/Electrical System.) T1J1-03-07-011

2. Spool (1) in the lock solenoid valve is pushed


downward and pressure oil from the pilot pump Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position
flows to the pilot valve and signal control valve.
3. Consequently, when the control/travel control lever
is operated, the pilot valve is activated.
T1 to T4

P
A1 to A4

T1J1-03-07-001

P- Primary Pilot Pressure T1- Returning Oil from Travel


A1- Travel Pilot Pressure Pilot
A2- Boom, Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot T2- Returning Oil from Boom,
Pressure Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot
A3- Arm, Swing Pilot Pressure T3- Returning Oil from Arm,
A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal Swing Pilot
Control Valve (Port PI) T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
Tank

1- Spool

T3-7-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Solenoid Valve
SC SF SI SG
The solenoid valve consists of the 4-spool solenoid valve
unit, 2-spool solenoid valve unit, and fan pump control
solenoid valve.

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit


The 4-spool solenoid valve unit controls the control
valve and the valve in travel motor according to the
signal from MC (main controller). (Refer to SYSTEM/
Control System.)
The 4-spool solenoid valve unit consists of proportional
solenoid valves (SC, SF, SI, and SG). TJAA-01-02-102

SC : This valve controls travel motor displacement


angle control valve
SF : This valve controls the bypass shut-out valve in
control valve (neutral circuit (pump 2) side)
SI : This valve increases the set pressure of the main
relief valve in control valve
SG : This valve controls the arm 2 flow rate control
valve (selector valve) in control valve.

2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit


The 2-spool solenoid valve unit controls the control SC SI
valve according to the signal from MC (main controller).
(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)
The 2-spool solenoid valve unit consists of two
proportional solenoid valves (SC, SI).
(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

SC : This valve controls the boom overload relief valve


selector valve in control valve.
SI : This valve controls the swing flow rate control
valve (selector valve) in control valve.

TJAA-01-02-103

T3-7-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fan Pump Control Solenoid Valve


The fan pump control solenoid valve controls the
fan pump according to the signal from MC (main
controller). The fan pump control solenoid valve
consists of one proportional solenoid valve. (Refer to
SYSTEM/Control System.)

TJAA-03-07-001

P- Primary Pilot Pressure T- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil


A- Fan Pump Control Pressure Tank

T3-7-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Proportional Solenoid Valve

The proportional solenoid valve is controlled by the


electric current signal from MC (main controller) and
outputs pressure in proportional to the electric current.
 When excited
 In Neutral 1. Solenoid (3) pushes spool (1) to the left in
1. Spring (2) pushes spool (1) to the right and output proportion to the current value flowing to solenoid
port S is connected to tank port T. (3).
2. Pilot pressure oil from port P flows to output port S
and pressure at output port S increases.
3. This pressure at output port S acts on stepped part
(a) of spool (1). Spool (1) is pushed to the right due
to difference in the pressure receiving area between
stepped part (a).
4. When pressure at output port S increases and the
force to push spool (1) to the right is balanced
with the force to push spool (1) to the left due
to solenoid (3), spool (1) is stopped moving and
pressure at output port S stops increasing.

T S P 1 2 3

TDAA-03-07-013

1- Spool 2- Spring 3- Solenoid

T3-7-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fan Motor
The fan motor is a swash plate type axial plunger motor.
The fan motor consists of rotor (1), shaft (2), swash
plate (3), shoes (4) retainers (5), and plungers (6). The
operational principle of this motor is the same as the
swing motor. (Refer to Swing Device.)

1 2

6 5 4 3

TJAE-03-07-001

1- Rotor 3- Swash Plate 5- Retainer


2- Shaft 4- Shoe 6- Plunger

T3-7-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fan Valve (Option)


The fan valve consists of relief valve (1) and reverse
control solenoid valve (2).
Relief valve (1) relieves pressure oil from the fan pump
to the hydraulic oil tank when pressure oil from the fan
pump reaches the relief set pressure.
When the motor circuit pressure decreases, it supplies oil
from the hydraulic oil tank and prevents the occurrence of
cavitation (make-up function).
Reverse rotation control valve (2) shifts reverse rotation
spool (3) according to the signal from MC (main
controller).
Reverse rotation spool (3) select the port of pressure oil to
fan motor and rotates the fan motor in normal or reverse
direction. (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

2
M1 M2 3
M1 M2
2

PP
PP

P1 T1

1 T1J1-03-07-004 P1 T1 TJAG-03-07-001
1

M1- Port M1 (To Fan Motor: Normal M2- Port M2 (From Fan Motor: P1- Port P1 (From Fan Pump)
Rotation, From Fan Motor: Normal Rotation, To Fan T1- Port T1 (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)
Reverse Rotation) Motor: Reverse Rotation) PP- Port PP (From Pilot Pump)

1- Relief Valve 2- Reverse Rotation Control 3- Reverse Rotation Spool


Solenoid Valve

T3-7-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (fan pump) acts on pilot poppet
(8) through orifice (1) of piston (10).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened. Pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of sleeve (3) and flows to port T1
(hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference occurs between
port HP and spring chamber (9) due to orifice (1).
4. When the force generated by this pressure
difference reaches the set pressure of spring A (4),
piston (10) and main poppet (2) are opened and
pressure oil from port HP flows to port T1. Thus
pressure from the fan pump is decreased.
5. When the fan circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, piston (10) and main poppet (2) are
closed by the force of spring A (4).

T3-7-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

1 10 8 6

HP

2 4 9 3 5

T1 TJAG-03-07-012

HP- From Fan Pump T1- Port T1 (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

1- Orifice 4- Spring A 8- Pilot Poppet


2- Main Poppet 5- Passage A 9- Spring Chamber
3- Sleeve 6- Spring B 10- Piston

T3-7-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Make-Up Operation
1. When pressure in port HP (actuator circuit)
decreases lower than pressure in port T1 (hydraulic
oil tank), sleeve (3) is moved to the right.
2. Hydraulic oil in port T1 flows to port HP and
cavitation is prevented.
3. When pressure in port HP increases to the specified
pressure, sleeve (3) is closed by the force of spring C
(7).

T3-7-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

3 7

HP

T1 TJAG-03-07-013

HP- Actuator Circuit T1 Port T1 (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

3- Sleeve 7- Spring C

T3-7-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

ON/OFF Solenoid Valve

The ON/OFF solenoid valve shifts reverse rotation spool


(a) by shifting the oil cooler fan reverse rotation switch.

 In Neutral
Spool (1) is pushed to the right by spring (2).
Output port S is connected to normal rotation side (a)
of the reverse rotation spool.

 In Operation
As solenoid (3) is excited, spool (1) is pushed to the left.
Pilot port P is connected to output port S, pressure oil
acts on reverse rotation side (b) of the reverse rotation
spool.

1 2 3
S P

a TDAA-03-07-014

a- To Normal Rotation Side of the b- To Reverse Rotation Side of


Reverse Rotation Spool the Reverse Rotation Spool

1- Spool 2- Spring 3- Solenoid

T3-7-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Relief Valve


Pilot relief valve (2) is built into pilot filter (3).
Pilot relief valve (2) functions to regulate pilot pump 2
pressure supplied to port P (1) to a constant pressure. 1

T178-03-07-001

1- Port P 3- Pilot Filter


2- Pilot Relief Valve

T3-7-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Shockless Valve
The shockless valve is provided in the boom lower circuit.
When suddenly returning the boom lower control leber,
the shockless valve dampens the boom spool returning
speed.

Operation
1. When the boom lower control lever is returned,
returning oil from the control valve spool (boom
lower side) is routed to port A.
2. Pressure oil at port A flows to chamber D (1)
through orifice (6).
3. Pressure oil from chamber D (1) flows to port B
through spool (5) and housing (4) passage (2),
pressure in chamber D (1) decreases.
4. As pressure difference occurs between the front and
rear of orifice (6), spool (5) moves to the right by
pressure at the spring (3) side. Therefore, passage (2)
between spool (5) and housing (4) becomes narrow
and pressure oil is restricted.
5. Therefore, as pressure oil is gradually returned to
the port B side, the control valve spool is slowly
returned.

T3-7-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

5 6
A

4 1

B
T183-03-07-008
3 2

D
T183-03-07-010

A- Port A B- Port B

1- Chamber D 3- Spring 5- Spool


2- Passage 4- Housing 6- Orifice

T3-7-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Accumulator (Pilot Circuit) 6

The accumulator is provided in the pilot circuit, which 1


absorbs hydraulic pulsation and has pilot pressure 5
b 2
retention (short period of time) function immediately
after stopping the engine. 4
The accumulator mainly consists of body (5), holder (4),
diaphragm (2) encapsulating nitrogen gas (N2), and
poppet (1). c

1. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows into the 3


accumulator through port A (a), and compresses the
inside nitrogen gas (b).
2. When pressure oil is not supplied to the circuit
due to engine stop, compressed nitrogen gas (b)
expands and accumulated oil is supplied to pilot a
circuit (d) through port A (a). d
T105-02-10-003

a- Port A c- Pilot Pressure Oil


b- Nitrogen Gas (N2) d- To Pilot Circuit

1- Poppet 4- Holder
2- Diaphragm 5- Body
3- Oil Port 6- Gas Plug

T3-7-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Distribution Valve
Distribution valve (13) is provided on the auto-lubrication 13
circuit, which distributes grease from the grease pump to
each lubricating points.
Proximity switch (14) detects amount of grease to be
distributed, sends signal to MC.
(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System/Auto-Lubrication 14
Control.)

T1J1-03-07-005

13- Distribution Valve 14- Proximity Switch

Operation
1. Grease from the grease pump acts on the right side
of piston (15) A through passage G (G). a
15
2. This moves piston (15) A leftward. Grease at the
left side of piston (15) A is discharged to port 2 (2) 11 A 12
through passage H (H) and piston (15) F.
9 B 10

7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

H G
T1J1-03-07-006

a- From Grease Pump G- Passage G


H- Passage H
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

3. When piston (15) A moves to the left, grease from a


the grease pump acts on the right side of piston J 15 I
(15) B through passage I (I).
11 A 12
4. This moves piston (15) B leftward. Grease at the left
side of piston (15) B is discharged to port 11 (11) 9 B 10
through passage J (J) and piston (15) A.
7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-007
a- From Grease Pump J- Passage J
I- Passage I
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
5. When piston (15) B moves to the left, grease from 7- Port 7
the grease pump acts on the right side of piston
(15) C through passage K (K).
a
6. This moves piston (15) C leftward. Grease at the
L 15 K
left side of piston (15) C is discharged to port 9 (9)
through passage L (L) and piston (15) B. 11 A 12
7. By repeating the steps 3 to 6, grease is discharged
from ports 11, 9, 7, 5, and 3 in this order. 9 B 10

7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-008
a- From Grease Pump L- Passage L
K- Passage K
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

8. When piston (15) F moves to the left, grease from a


the grease pump acts on the left side of piston (15) 15
A through passage H (H).
11 A 12
9. This moves piston (15) A rightward. Grease at the
right side of piston (15) A is discharged to port 1 (1) 9 10
B
through passage G (G) and piston (15) F.
7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

H G
T1J1-03-07-009
a- From Grease Pump H- Passage H
G- Passage G
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
10. When piston (15) A moves to the right, grease from 6- Port 6 15- Piston
the grease pump acts on the left side of piston (15) 7- Port 7
B through passage J (J). a
11. This moves piston (15) B rightward. Grease at the J 15 I
right side of piston (15) B is discharged to port 12
11 A 12
(12) through passage I (I) and piston (15) A.
12. By repeating the steps 10 to 11, grease is discharged 9 B 10
from ports 12, 10, 8, 6, and 4 in this order.
Therefore, grease is discharged to all ports. 7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-010
a- From Grease Pump J- Passage J
I- Passage I
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-19
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

(Blank)

T3-7-20
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Swing Bearing
The swing bearing supports the upperstructure on the
undercarriage and allows the upperstructure to swing
smoothly.
This bearing is a single row type ball bearing and consists
of outer race (1), inner race (3), balls (6), supports (5), and
seals (2, 4).
Outer race (1) is bolted to the upperstructure. Inner race
(3) is bolted to the undercarriage. The internal gear of
inner race (3) meshes with the output shafts of the swing
reduction gears (2 used).

T135-03-02-001

1- Outer Race 3- Inner Race 5- Support


2- Seal 4- Seal 6- Ball

T3-8-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Centerjoint
The centerjoint is a joint which can turn freely. When
the upper structure swings, the centerjoint eliminates
twisting of the hoses and allows hydraulic oil to flow the
travel motors.
Spindle (1) is secured to the upperstructure and can
not turn. Body (2) is secured to the swing center of the
undercarriage.
Pressure oil flows to the right and left travel motors
through spindle (1) and each oil port of body (2). Seals (3)
prevent oil leaks between spindle (1) and body (2).

Section A-A e
d a

b c

A
f c

a
1
b

3
2 f
A
TJAA-03-08-001 TJAA-03-08-002

a- Travel (Left Reverse) c- Travel (Right Reverse) e- Travel Mode Control Pilot Port
b- Travel (Right Forward) d- Travel (Left Forward) f- Drain

1- Spindle 2- Body 3- Seal

T3-8-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Track Adjuster
The track adjuster located on the side frame consists of
spring (3) and adjuster cylinder (1).
Spring (3) absorbs the loads applied to the front idler (4)
part. Track sag is adjusted by adjuster cylinder (1).

 When grease is supplied through grease fitting (5),


grease fills chamber (a) in adjuster cylinder (1), pushes
piston rod (2), and reduces track sag.

T1J1-03-08-002

a 3 1 2 4

T1J1-03-08-001
b- Hexagonal Part

1- Adjuster Cylinder 3- Spring 5- Grease Fitting


2- Piston Rod 4- Front Idler

T3-8-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

(Blank)

T3-8-4
MEMO
MEMO
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd. Hitachi Ref. No.
Attn: Technical Information Center
Tel: 81-29-832-7084
Fax: 81-29-831-1162
E-mail: HCM-TIC-GES@hitachi-kenki.com

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION REQUEST FORM

COMPANY NAME: MODEL:


PUBLICATION PART NO.:
YOUR NAME: (Located at the left top corner in the cover page)
DATE: PAGE NO.:
(Located at the bottom center in the page. If two or more revisions
FAX:
are requested, use the comment column)
E-mail:

YOUR COMMENTS / SUGGESTIONS:


Attach photo or sketch if required.
If your need more space, please use another sheet.

REPLY:

(Copy this form for usage)

You might also like